Merge "RCFilters: Hide 'reload watchlist automatically' setting if RCFilters is enabled"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @cond file_level_code
43 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
44 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
45 */
46 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
47 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
48 die( 1 );
49 }
50
51 /** @endcond */
52
53 /**
54 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
55 * Not used for much in a default install.
56 * @since 1.5
57 */
58 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
59
60 /**
61 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
62 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
63 * callable.
64 * @since 1.23
65 */
66 $wgConfigRegistry = [
67 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
68 ];
69
70 /**
71 * MediaWiki version number
72 * @since 1.2
73 */
74 $wgVersion = '1.31.0-alpha';
75
76 /**
77 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
78 */
79 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
80
81 /**
82 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
83 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
84 * @var bool
85 * @since 1.26
86 */
87 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
88
89 /**
90 * URL of the server.
91 *
92 * @par Example:
93 * @code
94 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
95 * @endcode
96 *
97 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
98 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
99 * case, set this variable to fix it.
100 *
101 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
102 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
103 * to a fully qualified URL.
104 */
105 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
106
107 /**
108 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
109 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
110 *
111 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
112 * @since 1.18
113 */
114 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
115
116 /**
117 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
118 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
119 * @since 1.24
120 */
121 $wgServerName = false;
122
123 /************************************************************************//**
124 * @name Script path settings
125 * @{
126 */
127
128 /**
129 * The path we should point to.
130 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
131 *
132 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
133 *
134 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
135 * set in LocalSettings.php
136 */
137 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
138
139 /**
140 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
141 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
142 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
143 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
144 * problems on Apache as well.
145 *
146 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
147 *
148 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
149 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
150 *
151 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
152 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
153 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
154 * @since 1.2.1
155 */
156 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
157 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
159
160 /**
161 * The extension to append to script names by default.
162 *
163 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
164 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
165 *
166 * @since 1.11
167 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
168 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
169 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
170 */
171 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
172
173 /**@}*/
174
175 /************************************************************************//**
176 * @name URLs and file paths
177 *
178 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
179 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
180 *
181 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
182 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
183 *
184 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
185 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
186 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
187 *
188 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
189 *
190 * @{
191 */
192
193 /**
194 * The URL path to index.php.
195 *
196 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
197 */
198 $wgScript = false;
199
200 /**
201 * The URL path to load.php.
202 *
203 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
204 * @since 1.17
205 */
206 $wgLoadScript = false;
207
208 /**
209 * The URL path of the skins directory.
210 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
211 * @since 1.3
212 */
213 $wgStylePath = false;
214 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
215
216 /**
217 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
218 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
219 * @since 1.17
220 */
221 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
222
223 /**
224 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
225 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
226 * @since 1.16
227 */
228 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
229
230 /**
231 * Filesystem extensions directory.
232 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
233 * @since 1.25
234 */
235 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
236
237 /**
238 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
239 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
240 * @since 1.3
241 */
242 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
243
244 /**
245 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
246 * which is replaced by the article title.
247 *
248 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
249 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
250 */
251 $wgArticlePath = false;
252
253 /**
254 * The URL path for the images directory.
255 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
256 */
257 $wgUploadPath = false;
258
259 /**
260 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
261 */
262 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
266 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
267 */
268 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
269
270 /**
271 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
272 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
273 */
274 $wgLogo = false;
275
276 /**
277 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
278 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
279 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
285 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
286 * ];
287 * @endcode
288 *
289 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
290 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
291 * be optimised for screen resolution.
292 *
293 * @par Example:
294 * @code
295 * $wgLogoHD = [
296 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
297 * ];
298 * @endcode
299 *
300 * @since 1.25
301 */
302 $wgLogoHD = false;
303
304 /**
305 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
306 * @since 1.6
307 */
308 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
309
310 /**
311 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
312 * Defaults to no icon.
313 * @since 1.12
314 */
315 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
316
317 /**
318 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
319 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
320 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
321 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
322 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
323 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
324 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
325 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
326 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
327 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
328 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
329 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
330 * understand it).
331 *
332 * @var array|string|bool
333 * @since 1.25
334 */
335 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
336
337 /**
338 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
339 * be web accessible.
340 *
341 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
342 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
343 * logic.
344 *
345 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
346 * variable.
347 *
348 * @see wfTempDir()
349 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
350 */
351 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
352
353 /**
354 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
355 * upload URL.
356 * @since 1.4
357 */
358 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
359
360 /**
361 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
362 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
363 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
364 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
365 * @since 1.17
366 */
367 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
368
369 /**
370 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
371 * plain page views, add to this array.
372 *
373 * @par Example:
374 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
375 * @code
376 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
377 * @endcode
378 *
379 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
380 * URLs.
381 * @since 1.5
382 */
383 $wgActionPaths = [];
384
385 /**@}*/
386
387 /************************************************************************//**
388 * @name Files and file uploads
389 * @{
390 */
391
392 /**
393 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
394 */
395 $wgEnableUploads = false;
396
397 /**
398 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
399 */
400 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
401
402 /**
403 * Allows to move images and other media files
404 */
405 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
406
407 /**
408 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
409 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
410 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
411 *
412 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
413 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
414 */
415 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
416
417 /**
418 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
419 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
420 *
421 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
422 * completeness.
423 */
424 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
425
426 /**
427 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
428 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
429 */
430 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
431
432 /**
433 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
434 */
435 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
436
437 /**
438 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
439 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
440 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
441 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
442 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
443 *
444 * Example:
445 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
446 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
447 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
448 *
449 * @see $wgFileBackends
450 */
451 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
452
453 /**
454 * File repository structures
455 *
456 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
457 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
458 * array of properties configuring the repository.
459 *
460 * Properties required for all repos:
461 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
462 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
463 *
464 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
465 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
466 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
467 *
468 * For most core repos:
469 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
470 * container : backend container name the zone is in
471 * directory : root path within container for the zone
472 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
473 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
474 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
475 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
476 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
477 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
478 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
479 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
480 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
481 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
482 * handler instead.
483 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
484 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
485 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
486 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
487 * - pathDisclosureProtection
488 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
489 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
490 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
491 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
492 * is 0644.
493 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
494 * some remote repos.
495 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
496 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
497 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
498 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
499 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
500 *
501 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
502 * for local repositories:
503 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
504 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
505 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
506 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
507 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
508 *
509 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
510 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
511 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
512 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
513 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
514 *
515 * ForeignDBRepo:
516 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
517 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
518 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
519 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
520 *
521 * ForeignAPIRepo:
522 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
523 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
524 *
525 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
526 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
527 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
528 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
529 * be searched after the local file repo.
530 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
531 *
532 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
533 */
534 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
535
536 /**
537 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
538 */
539 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
540
541 /**
542 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
543 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
544 * settings
545 */
546 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
547
548 /**
549 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
550 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
551 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
552 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
553 *
554 * Example:
555 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
556 */
557 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
558
559 /**
560 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
561 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
562 *
563 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
564 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
565 *
566 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
567 */
568 $wgUploadDialog = [
569 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
570 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
571 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
572 'fields' => [
573 'description' => true,
574 'date' => false,
575 'categories' => false,
576 ],
577 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
578 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
579 'licensemessages' => [
580 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
581 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
582 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
583 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
584 'local' => 'generic-local',
585 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
586 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
587 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
588 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
589 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
590 ],
591 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
592 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
593 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
594 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
595 'comment' => [
596 'local' => '',
597 'foreign' => '',
598 ],
599 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
600 'format' => [
601 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
602 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
603 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
604 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
605 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
606 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
607 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
608 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
609 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
610 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
611 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
612 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
613 // * $TEXT - input by the user
614 'description' => '$TEXT',
615 'ownwork' => '',
616 'license' => '',
617 'uncategorized' => '',
618 ],
619 ];
620
621 /**
622 * File backend structure configuration.
623 *
624 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
625 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
626 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
627 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
628 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
629 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
630 *
631 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
632 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
633 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
634 *
635 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
636 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
637 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
638 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
639 *
640 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
641 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
642 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
643 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
644 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
645 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
646 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
647 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
648 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
649 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
650 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
651 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
652 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
653 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
654 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
655 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
656 */
657 $wgFileBackends = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
661 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
662 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
663 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
664 *
665 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
666 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
667 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
668 *
669 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
670 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
671 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
672 */
673 $wgLockManagers = [];
674
675 /**
676 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
677 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
678 *
679 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
680 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
681 * extensions" section of php.ini:
682 * @code{.ini}
683 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
684 * @endcode
685 */
686 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
687
688 /**
689 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
690 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
691 * Defaults to false.
692 */
693 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
694
695 /**
696 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
697 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
698 * $wgUploadDirectory.
699 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
700 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
701 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
702 * directory.
703 *
704 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
705 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
706 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
707 */
708 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
709
710 /**
711 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
714
715 /**
716 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
717 */
718 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
719
720 /**
721 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
722 */
723 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
724
725 /**
726 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
727 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
728 */
729 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
730
731 /**
732 * Optional table prefix used in database.
733 */
734 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
735
736 /**
737 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
738 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
739 */
740 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
741
742 /**
743 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
744 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
745 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
746 */
747 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
748
749 /**
750 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
751 *
752 * @since 1.20
753 */
754 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
755
756 /**
757 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
758 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
759 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
765 * @since 1.20
766 */
767 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
768
769 /**
770 * Different timeout for upload by url
771 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
772 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
773 * to default.
774 *
775 * @var int|bool
776 *
777 * @since 1.22
778 */
779 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
780
781 /**
782 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
783 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
784 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
785 * for non-specified types.
786 *
787 * @par Example:
788 * @code
789 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
790 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
791 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
792 * ];
793 * @endcode
794 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
795 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
796 */
797 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
798
799 /**
800 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
801 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
802 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
803 * @since 1.26
804 */
805 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
806
807 /**
808 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
809 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
810 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
811 *
812 * @par Example:
813 * @code
814 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
815 * @endcode
816 */
817 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
818
819 /**
820 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
821 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
822 * appended to it as appropriate.
823 */
824 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
825
826 /**
827 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
828 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
829 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
830 * access to the thumbnail path.
831 *
832 * @par Example:
833 * @code
834 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
835 * @endcode
836 */
837 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
838
839 /**
840 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
841 */
842 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
843
844 /**
845 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
846 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
847 *
848 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
849 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
850 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
851 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
852 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
853 *
854 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
855 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
856 */
857 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
858
859 /**
860 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
861 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
862 * directory layout.
863 */
864 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
865
866 /**
867 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
868 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
869 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
870 * image description page on this wiki.
871 *
872 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
873 */
874 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
875
876 /**
877 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
878 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
879 *
880 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
881 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
882 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
883 */
884 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
885
886 /**
887 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
888 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
889 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
890 */
891 $wgFileBlacklist = [
892 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
893 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
894 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
895 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
896 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
897 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
898 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
899 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
900
901 /**
902 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
903 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
904 */
905 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
906 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
907 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
908 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
909 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
910 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
911 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
912 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
913 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
914 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
915 'application/x-msmetafile',
916 ];
917
918 /**
919 * Allow Java archive uploads.
920 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
921 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
922 */
923 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
924
925 /**
926 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
927 *
928 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
929 */
930 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
931
932 /**
933 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
934 * by $wgFileExtensions.
935 *
936 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
937 */
938 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
939
940 /**
941 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
942 *
943 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
944 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
945 */
946 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
947
948 /**
949 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
950 */
951 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
952
953 /**
954 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
955 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
956 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
957 *
958 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
959 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
960 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
961 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
962 */
963 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
964 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
965 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
966 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
967 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
968 "application/pdf", // PDF files
969 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
970 ];
971
972 /**
973 * Plugins for media file type handling.
974 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
975 *
976 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
977 * and extensions should use extension.json.
978 */
979 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
980
981 /**
982 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
983 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
984 */
985 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
986 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
987 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
988 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
989 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
990 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
991 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
992 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
993 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
994 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
995 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
996 ];
997
998 /**
999 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1000 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1001 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1002 *
1003 * @since 1.21
1004 */
1005 $wgContentHandlers = [
1006 // the usual case
1007 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1008 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1009 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1010 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1011 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1012 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1013 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1014 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1015 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1016 ];
1017
1018 /**
1019 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1020 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1021 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1022 */
1023 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1024
1025 /**
1026 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1027 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1028 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1029 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1030 *
1031 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1032 */
1033 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1034
1035 /**
1036 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1037 */
1038 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1039
1040 /**
1041 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1042 * @since 1.27
1043 */
1044 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1048 */
1049 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1050
1051 /**
1052 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1053 */
1054 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1055
1056 /**
1057 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1058 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1059 */
1060 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1061
1062 /**
1063 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1064 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1065 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1066 *
1067 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1068 * @code
1069 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1070 * @endcode
1071 *
1072 * Leave as false to skip this.
1073 */
1074 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1075
1076 /**
1077 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1078 *
1079 * @since 1.21
1080 */
1081 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1082
1083 /**
1084 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1085 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1086 * at sharp edges.
1087 *
1088 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1089 *
1090 * Supported values:
1091 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1092 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1093 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1094 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1095 *
1096 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1097 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1098 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1099 *
1100 * @since 1.27
1101 */
1102 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1106 * image formats.
1107 */
1108 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1112 *
1113 * @since 1.26
1114 */
1115 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1119 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1120 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1121 *
1122 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1123 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1124 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1125 */
1126 $wgSVGConverters = [
1127 'ImageMagick' =>
1128 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1129 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1130 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1131 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1132 . '$output $input',
1133 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1134 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1135 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1136 ];
1137
1138 /**
1139 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1140 */
1141 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1142
1143 /**
1144 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1145 */
1146 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1147
1148 /**
1149 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1150 */
1151 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1152
1153 /**
1154 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1155 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1156 */
1157 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1161 *
1162 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1163 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1164 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1165 *
1166 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1167 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1168 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1169 */
1170 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1171
1172 /**
1173 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1174 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1175 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1176 *
1177 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1178 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1179 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1180 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1181 *
1182 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1183 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1184 */
1185 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1186
1187 /**
1188 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1189 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1190 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1191 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1192 */
1193 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1197 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1198 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1199 *
1200 * @par Example:
1201 * @code
1202 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1203 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1204 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1205 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1206 * @endcode
1207 */
1208 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1212 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1213 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1214 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1215 */
1216 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1217
1218 /**
1219 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1220 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1221 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1222 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1223 */
1224 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1225
1226 /**
1227 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1228 * output instead of showing an error message.
1229 *
1230 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1231 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1232 *
1233 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1234 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1235 * are logged to a file for review.
1236 */
1237 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1238
1239 /**
1240 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1241 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1242 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1243 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1244 * webserver(s).
1245 */
1246 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1247
1248 /**
1249 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1250 */
1251 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1252
1253 /**
1254 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1255 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1256 * is available that can rotate.
1257 */
1258 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1259
1260 /**
1261 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1262 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1263 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirus = null;
1266
1267 /**
1268 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1269 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1270 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1271 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1272 *
1273 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1274 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1275 *
1276 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1277 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1278 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1279 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1280 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1281 * path.
1282 *
1283 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1284 * function in SpecialUpload.
1285 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1286 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1287 * is not set.
1288 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1289 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1290 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1291 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1292 * no virus was found.
1293 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1294 * a virus.
1295 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1296 *
1297 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1298 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1299 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1300 */
1301 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1302
1303 # setup for clamav
1304 'clamav' => [
1305 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1306 'codemap' => [
1307 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1308 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1309 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1310 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1311 ],
1312 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1313 ],
1314 ];
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1318 */
1319 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1320
1321 /**
1322 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1323 */
1324 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1325
1326 /**
1327 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1328 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1329 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1330 */
1331 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1332
1333 /**
1334 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1335 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1336 */
1337 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1338
1339 /**
1340 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1341 * the MIME type to standard output.
1342 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1343 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1344 *
1345 * @par Example:
1346 * @code
1347 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1348 * @endcode
1349 */
1350 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1354 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1355 * can be trusted.
1356 */
1357 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1358
1359 /**
1360 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1361 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1362 */
1363 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1364 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1365 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1366 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1367 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1368 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1369 ];
1370
1371 /**
1372 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1373 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1374 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1375 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1376 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1377 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1378 */
1379 $wgImageLimits = [
1380 [ 320, 240 ],
1381 [ 640, 480 ],
1382 [ 800, 600 ],
1383 [ 1024, 768 ],
1384 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1385 ];
1386
1387 /**
1388 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1389 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1390 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1391 */
1392 $wgThumbLimits = [
1393 120,
1394 150,
1395 180,
1396 200,
1397 250,
1398 300
1399 ];
1400
1401 /**
1402 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1403 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1404 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1405 *
1406 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1407 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1408 * supports it.
1409 */
1410 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1411
1412 /**
1413 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1414 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1415 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1416 * following buckets:
1417 *
1418 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1419 *
1420 * and a distance of 50:
1421 *
1422 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1423 *
1424 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1425 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1426 */
1427 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1428
1429 /**
1430 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1431 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1432 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1433 *
1434 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1435 *
1436 * @since 1.25
1437 */
1438
1439 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1440
1441 /**
1442 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1443 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1444 *
1445 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1446 * thumbnail's URL.
1447 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1448 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1449 *
1450 * @since 1.25
1451 */
1452 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1453
1454 /**
1455 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1456 *
1457 * @since 1.25
1458 */
1459 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1460
1461 /**
1462 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1463 * HTTP request to.
1464 *
1465 * @since 1.25
1466 */
1467 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1471 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1472 *
1473 * @since 1.26
1474 */
1475 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1476
1477 /**
1478 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1479 * Fields are:
1480 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1481 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1482 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1483 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1484 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1485 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1486 * @deprecated since 1.28
1487 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1488 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1489 * - mode: Gallery mode
1490 */
1491 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1495 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1496 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1497 */
1498 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1502 */
1503 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1504
1505 /**
1506 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1507 *
1508 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1509 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1510 *
1511 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1512 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1513 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1514 */
1515 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1516
1517 /**
1518 * @name DJVU settings
1519 * @{
1520 */
1521
1522 /**
1523 * Path of the djvudump executable
1524 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1525 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1526 */
1527 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1528
1529 /**
1530 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1531 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1532 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1533 */
1534 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1538 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1539 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1540 */
1541 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1542
1543 /**
1544 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1545 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1546 *
1547 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1548 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1549 * the efficiency problem.
1550 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1551 *
1552 * @par Example:
1553 * @code
1554 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1555 * @endcode
1556 */
1557 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1558
1559 /**
1560 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1561 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1562 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1563 */
1564 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1565
1566 /**
1567 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1568 */
1569 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1570
1571 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1572
1573 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1574
1575 /************************************************************************//**
1576 * @name Email settings
1577 * @{
1578 */
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Site admin email address.
1582 *
1583 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1584 */
1585 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1589 *
1590 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1591 *
1592 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1593 */
1594 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1595
1596 /**
1597 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1598 *
1599 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1600 */
1601 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1602
1603 /**
1604 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1605 *
1606 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1607 */
1608 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1609
1610 /**
1611 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1612 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1613 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1614 */
1615 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1619 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1620 */
1621 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1622
1623 /**
1624 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1625 *
1626 * @since 1.30
1627 */
1628 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1629
1630 /**
1631 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1632 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1633 *
1634 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1635 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1636 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1637 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1638 */
1639 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1640
1641 /**
1642 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1643 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1644 */
1645 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1649 */
1650 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1651
1652 /**
1653 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1654 */
1655 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1656
1657 /**
1658 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1659 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1660 */
1661 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1662
1663 /**
1664 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1665 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1666 */
1667 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1668
1669 /**
1670 * SMTP Mode.
1671 *
1672 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1673 * Default to false or fill an array :
1674 *
1675 * @code
1676 * $wgSMTP = [
1677 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1678 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1679 * 'port' => '25',
1680 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1681 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1682 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1683 * ];
1684 * @endcode
1685 */
1686 $wgSMTP = false;
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1690 */
1691 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1692
1693 /**
1694 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1695 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1696 */
1697 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1698
1699 /**
1700 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1701 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1702 */
1703 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1704
1705 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1706 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1707 # enable or disable at their discretion
1708 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1709 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1710
1711 /**
1712 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1713 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1714 * spam relay.
1715 */
1716 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1717
1718 /**
1719 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1720 */
1721 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1722
1723 /**
1724 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1725 * user talk page.
1726 *
1727 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1728 * preference set to true.
1729 */
1730 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1731
1732 /**
1733 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1734 * allowed this in the preferences.
1735 */
1736 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1737
1738 /**
1739 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1740 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1741 *
1742 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1743 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1744 *
1745 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1746 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1747 *
1748 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1749 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1750 */
1751 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1755 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1756 *
1757 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1758 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1759 */
1760 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1764 * match the limit on your mail server.
1765 */
1766 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1770 */
1771 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1775 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1776 */
1777 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1778
1779 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1780
1781 /************************************************************************//**
1782 * @name Database settings
1783 * @{
1784 */
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Database host name or IP address
1788 */
1789 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1790
1791 /**
1792 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1793 */
1794 $wgDBport = 5432;
1795
1796 /**
1797 * Name of the database
1798 */
1799 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1800
1801 /**
1802 * Database username
1803 */
1804 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1805
1806 /**
1807 * Database user's password
1808 */
1809 $wgDBpassword = '';
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Database type
1813 */
1814 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1815
1816 /**
1817 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1818 *
1819 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1820 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1821 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1822 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1823 */
1824 $wgDBssl = false;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1828 *
1829 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1830 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1831 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1832 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1833 */
1834 $wgDBcompress = false;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1838 */
1839 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1840
1841 /**
1842 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1843 */
1844 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1845
1846 /**
1847 * Search type.
1848 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1849 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1850 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1851 */
1852 $wgSearchType = null;
1853
1854 /**
1855 * Alternative search types
1856 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1857 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1858 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1859 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1860 */
1861 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1862
1863 /**
1864 * Table name prefix
1865 */
1866 $wgDBprefix = '';
1867
1868 /**
1869 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1870 */
1871 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1872
1873 /**
1874 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1875 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1876 * DBA has done his best job.
1877 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1878 */
1879 $wgSQLMode = '';
1880
1881 /**
1882 * Mediawiki schema
1883 */
1884 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1885
1886 /**
1887 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1888 */
1889 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1893 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1894 * main database.
1895 *
1896 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1897 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1898 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1899 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1900 *
1901 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1902 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1903 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1904 *
1905 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1906 * $wgDBprefix.
1907 *
1908 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1909 * $wgDBmwschema.
1910 *
1911 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1912 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1913 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1914 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1915 */
1916 $wgSharedDB = null;
1917
1918 /**
1919 * @see $wgSharedDB
1920 */
1921 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1922
1923 /**
1924 * @see $wgSharedDB
1925 */
1926 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1927
1928 /**
1929 * @see $wgSharedDB
1930 * @since 1.23
1931 */
1932 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1933
1934 /**
1935 * Database load balancer
1936 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1937 * Fields are:
1938 * - host: Host name
1939 * - dbname: Default database name
1940 * - user: DB user
1941 * - password: DB password
1942 * - type: DB type
1943 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
1944 *
1945 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1946 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1947 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1948 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1949 *
1950 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1951 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1952 *
1953 * - flags: bit field
1954 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1955 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1956 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1957 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1958 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1959 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1960 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1961 * if available
1962 *
1963 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1964 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1965 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1966 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1967 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1968 *
1969 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1970 * variable of the Database object.
1971 *
1972 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1973 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1974 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1975 *
1976 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1977 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1978 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1979 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1980 *
1981 * @code
1982 * SET @@read_only=1;
1983 * @endcode
1984 *
1985 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1986 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1987 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1988 */
1989 $wgDBservers = false;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * Load balancer factory configuration
1993 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1994 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1995 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1996 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1997 *
1998 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1999 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2000 */
2001 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2002
2003 /**
2004 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2005 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2006 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2007 * @since 1.27
2008 */
2009 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2010
2011 /**
2012 * File to log database errors to
2013 */
2014 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2015
2016 /**
2017 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2018 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2019 *
2020 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2021 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2022 *
2023 * @par Examples:
2024 * @code
2025 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2026 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2027 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2028 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2029 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2030 * @endcode
2031 *
2032 * @since 1.20
2033 */
2034 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2035
2036 /**
2037 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2038 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2039 *
2040 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2041 *
2042 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2043 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2044 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2045 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2046 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2047 *
2048 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2049 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2050 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2051 */
2052 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2053
2054 /**
2055 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2056 *
2057 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2058 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2059 * block).
2060 *
2061 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2062 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2063 * connections.
2064 *
2065 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2066 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2067 * pooled.
2068 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2069 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2070 *
2071 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2072 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2073 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2074 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2075 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2076 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2077 *
2078 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2079 */
2080 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2081
2082 /**
2083 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2084 *
2085 * Array numeric key => database name
2086 */
2087 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2088
2089 /**
2090 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2091 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2092 * show a more obvious warning.
2093 */
2094 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2095
2096 /**
2097 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2098 */
2099 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2100
2101 /**
2102 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2103 */
2104 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2105
2106 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2107
2108 /************************************************************************//**
2109 * @name Text storage
2110 * @{
2111 */
2112
2113 /**
2114 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2115 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2116 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2117 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2118 */
2119 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2120
2121 /**
2122 * External stores allow including content
2123 * from non database sources following URL links.
2124 *
2125 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2126 * @code
2127 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2128 * @endcode
2129 *
2130 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2131 */
2132 $wgExternalStores = [];
2133
2134 /**
2135 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2136 *
2137 * @par Example:
2138 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2139 * @code
2140 * $wgExternalServers = [
2141 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2142 * ];
2143 * @endcode
2144 *
2145 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2146 * another class.
2147 */
2148 $wgExternalServers = [];
2149
2150 /**
2151 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2152 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2153 *
2154 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2155 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2156 *
2157 * @par Example:
2158 * @code
2159 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2160 * @endcode
2161 *
2162 * @var array
2163 */
2164 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2168 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2169 *
2170 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2171 */
2172 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2173
2174 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2175
2176 /************************************************************************//**
2177 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2178 * @{
2179 */
2180
2181 /**
2182 * Disable database-intensive features
2183 */
2184 $wgMiserMode = false;
2185
2186 /**
2187 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2188 */
2189 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2190
2191 /**
2192 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2193 */
2194 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2195
2196 /**
2197 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2198 */
2199 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2200
2201 /**
2202 * Enable slow parser functions
2203 */
2204 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2205
2206 /**
2207 * Allow schema updates
2208 */
2209 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2210
2211 /**
2212 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2213 */
2214 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2215
2216 /**
2217 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2218 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2219 */
2220 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2224 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2225 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2226 * @since 1.26
2227 */
2228 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2229
2230 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2231
2232 /************************************************************************//**
2233 * @name Cache settings
2234 * @{
2235 */
2236
2237 /**
2238 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2239 * from the web.
2240 *
2241 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2242 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2243 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2244 */
2245 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2246
2247 /**
2248 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2249 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2250 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2251 *
2252 * The options are:
2253 *
2254 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2255 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2256 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2257 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2258 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2259 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2260 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2261 *
2262 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2263 */
2264 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2265
2266 /**
2267 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2268 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2269 *
2270 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2271 */
2272 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2273
2274 /**
2275 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2276 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2277 *
2278 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2279 */
2280 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2281
2282 /**
2283 * The cache type for storing session data.
2284 *
2285 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2286 */
2287 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2288
2289 /**
2290 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2291 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2292 *
2293 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2294 *
2295 * @since 1.20
2296 */
2297 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2301 *
2302 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2303 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2304 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2305 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2306 *
2307 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2308 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2309 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2310 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2311 */
2312 $wgObjectCaches = [
2313 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2314 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2315
2316 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2317 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2318 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2319
2320 'db-replicated' => [
2321 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2322 'readFactory' => [
2323 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2324 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2325 ],
2326 'writeFactory' => [
2327 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2328 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2329 ],
2330 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2331 'reportDupes' => false
2332 ],
2333
2334 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2335 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2336 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2337 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2338 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2339 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2340 ];
2341
2342 /**
2343 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2344 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2345 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2346 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2347 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2348 *
2349 * The options are:
2350 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2351 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2352 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2353 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2354 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2355 * @since 1.26
2356 */
2357 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2358
2359 /**
2360 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2361 *
2362 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2363 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2364 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2365 *
2366 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2367 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2368 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2369 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2370 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2371 *
2372 * @since 1.26
2373 */
2374 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2375 CACHE_NONE => [
2376 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2377 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2378 'channels' => []
2379 ]
2380 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2381 'memcached-php' => [
2382 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2383 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2384 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2385 ]
2386 */
2387 ];
2388
2389 /**
2390 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2391 *
2392 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2393 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2394 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2395 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2396 *
2397 * @var bool
2398 * @since 1.29
2399 */
2400 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2401
2402 /**
2403 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2404 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2405 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2406 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2407 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2408 *
2409 * The options are:
2410 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2411 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2412 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2413 *
2414 * @since 1.26
2415 */
2416 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2417
2418 /**
2419 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2420 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2421 */
2422 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2423
2424 /**
2425 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2426 */
2427 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2428
2429 /**
2430 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2431 */
2432 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2433
2434 /**
2435 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2436 */
2437 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2438
2439 /**
2440 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2441 *
2442 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2443 *
2444 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2445 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2446 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2447 * others' cookies.
2448 *
2449 * @since 1.27
2450 * @var string
2451 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2452 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2453 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2454 */
2455 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2456
2457 /**
2458 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2459 *
2460 * @since 1.28
2461 */
2462 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2463
2464 /**
2465 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2466 */
2467 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2468
2469 /**
2470 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2471 */
2472 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2473
2474 /**
2475 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2476 * requests.
2477 */
2478 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2482 */
2483 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2487 *
2488 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2489 *
2490 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2491 *
2492 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2493 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2494 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2495 */
2496 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2500 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2501 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2502 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2503 */
2504 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2505
2506 /**
2507 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2508 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2509 *
2510 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2511 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2512 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2513 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2514 * otherwise the database will be used.
2515 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2516 * store static arrays.
2517 *
2518 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2519 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2520 *
2521 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2522 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2523 * will be used.
2524 *
2525 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2526 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2527 */
2528 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2529 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2530 'store' => 'detect',
2531 'storeClass' => false,
2532 'storeDirectory' => false,
2533 'manualRecache' => false,
2534 ];
2535
2536 /**
2537 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2538 */
2539 $wgCachePages = true;
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2543 * client-side and server-side caching.
2544 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2545 * @verbatim
2546 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2547 * @endverbatim
2548 */
2549 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2550
2551 /**
2552 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2553 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2554 */
2555 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2559 *
2560 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2561 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2562 * styles.
2563 *
2564 * @deprecated since 1.31
2565 */
2566 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2567
2568 /**
2569 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2570 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2571 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2572 */
2573 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2574
2575 /**
2576 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2577 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2578 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2579 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2580 */
2581 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2582
2583 /**
2584 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2585 * @deprecated since 1.26
2586 */
2587 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2588
2589 /**
2590 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2591 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2592 */
2593 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2594
2595 /**
2596 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2597 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2598 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2599 *
2600 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2601 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2602 * don't update as expected.
2603 */
2604 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2605
2606 /**
2607 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2608 */
2609 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2610
2611 /**
2612 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2613 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2614 *
2615 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2616 */
2617 $wgUseGzip = false;
2618
2619 /**
2620 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2621 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2622 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2623 * a grace period.
2624 */
2625 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2626
2627 /**
2628 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2629 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2630 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2631 *
2632 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2633 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2634 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2635 */
2636 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2637
2638 /**
2639 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2640 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2641 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2642 *
2643 * @par Example:
2644 * @code
2645 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2646 * @endcode
2647 *
2648 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2649 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2650 *
2651 * @var int|bool
2652 */
2653 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2654
2655 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2656
2657 /************************************************************************//**
2658 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2659 *
2660 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2661 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2662 *
2663 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2664 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2665 * more details.
2666 *
2667 * @{
2668 */
2669
2670 /**
2671 * Enable/disable CDN.
2672 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2673 */
2674 $wgUseSquid = false;
2675
2676 /**
2677 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2678 */
2679 $wgUseESI = false;
2680
2681 /**
2682 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2683 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2684 * @since 1.27
2685 */
2686 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2690 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2691 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2692 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2693 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2694 * HTTP redirects.
2695 */
2696 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2700 *
2701 * @par Example:
2702 * @code
2703 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2704 * @endcode
2705 */
2706 $wgInternalServer = false;
2707
2708 /**
2709 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2710 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2711 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2712 *
2713 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2714 */
2715 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2716
2717 /**
2718 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2719 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2720 * @since 1.27
2721 */
2722 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2723
2724 /**
2725 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2726 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2727 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2728 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2729 *
2730 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2731 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2732 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2733 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2734 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2735 *
2736 * @since 1.27
2737 */
2738 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2739
2740 /**
2741 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2742 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2743 * @since 1.27
2744 */
2745 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2746
2747 /**
2748 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2749 *
2750 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2751 */
2752 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2753
2754 /**
2755 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2756 *
2757 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2758 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2759 *
2760 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2761 */
2762 $wgSquidServers = [];
2763
2764 /**
2765 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2766 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2767 * CIDR blocks.
2768 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2769 */
2770 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2771
2772 /**
2773 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2774 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2775 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2776 *
2777 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2778 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2779 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2780 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2781 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2782 *
2783 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2784 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2785 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2786 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2787 * reverse).
2788 *
2789 * @since 1.21
2790 */
2791 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2792
2793 /**
2794 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2795 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2796 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2797 *
2798 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2799 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2800 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2801 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2802 *
2803 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2804 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2805 * @code
2806 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2807 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2808 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2809 * 'port' => 4827,
2810 * ],
2811 * '' => [
2812 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2813 * 'port' => 4827,
2814 * ],
2815 * ];
2816 * @endcode
2817 *
2818 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2819 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2820 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2821 *
2822 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2823 * @code
2824 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2825 * '' => [
2826 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2827 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2828 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2829 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2830 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2831 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2832 * ],
2833 * ];
2834 * @endcode
2835 *
2836 * @since 1.22
2837 *
2838 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2839 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2840 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2841 *
2842 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2843 */
2844 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2845
2846 /**
2847 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2848 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2849 */
2850 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2851
2852 /**
2853 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2854 */
2855 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2856
2857 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2858
2859 /************************************************************************//**
2860 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2861 * @{
2862 */
2863
2864 /**
2865 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2866 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2867 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2868 *
2869 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2870 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2871 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2872 *
2873 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2874 * change it in their preferences.
2875 *
2876 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2877 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2878 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2879 */
2880 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2881
2882 /**
2883 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2884 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2885 */
2886 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2887
2888 /**
2889 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2890 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2891 *
2892 * @par Example:
2893 * @code
2894 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2895 * @endcode
2896 */
2897 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2898
2899 /**
2900 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2901 */
2902 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2903
2904 /**
2905 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2906 */
2907 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2908
2909 /**
2910 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2911 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2912 * Notes:
2913 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2914 * map.
2915 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2916 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2917 * this array.
2918 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2919 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2920 * the prefix in this array.
2921 */
2922 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2923
2924 /**
2925 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2926 */
2927 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2928
2929 /**
2930 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2931 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2932 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2933 *
2934 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2935 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2936 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2937 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2938 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2939 *
2940 * @since 1.29
2941 */
2942 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2943 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2944 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2945 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2946 ];
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2950 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2951 *
2952 * @deprecated since 1.29
2953 */
2954 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2958 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2959 * set to "ar".
2960 *
2961 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2962 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2963 */
2964 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2965
2966 /**
2967 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2968 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2969 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2970 * support these characters.
2971 *
2972 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2973 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2974 */
2975 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2976
2977 /**
2978 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2979 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2980 * impact.
2981 *
2982 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2983 * details.
2984 *
2985 * @since 1.17
2986 */
2987 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2988
2989 /**
2990 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2991 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2992 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2993 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2994 *
2995 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2996 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2997 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2998 */
2999 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3000
3001 /**
3002 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
3003 */
3004 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
3005
3006 /**
3007 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3008 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3009 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3010 *
3011 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3012 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3013 * to remain viewable.
3014 *
3015 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3016 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3017 */
3018 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3022 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3023 */
3024 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3025
3026 /**
3027 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3028 * numerals in interface.
3029 */
3030 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3034 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3035 */
3036 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3037
3038 /**
3039 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3040 */
3041 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3045 */
3046 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3047
3048 /**
3049 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3050 */
3051 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3052
3053 /**
3054 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3055 */
3056 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3057
3058 /**
3059 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3060 */
3061 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3062
3063 /**
3064 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3065 * used to ease variant development work.
3066 */
3067 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3068
3069 /**
3070 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3071 *
3072 * @par Example:
3073 * @code
3074 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3075 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3076 * @endcode
3077 */
3078 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3079
3080 /**
3081 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3082 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3083 * language variant.
3084 *
3085 * @par Example:
3086 * @code
3087 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3088 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3089 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3090 * @endcode
3091 *
3092 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3093 *
3094 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3095 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3096 */
3097 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3098
3099 /**
3100 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3101 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3102 * customise these.
3103 */
3104 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3108 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3109 *
3110 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3111 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3112 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3113 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3114 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3115 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3116 * the default behavior.
3117 *
3118 * @par Example:
3119 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3120 * portal:
3121 * @code
3122 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3123 * @endcode
3124 */
3125 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3126
3127 /**
3128 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3129 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3130 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3131 *
3132 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3133 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3134 *
3135 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3136 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3137 *
3138 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3139 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3140 *
3141 * @par Examples:
3142 * @code
3143 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3144 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3145 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3146 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3147 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3148 * @endcode
3149 */
3150 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3151
3152 /**
3153 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3154 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3155 *
3156 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3157 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3158 *
3159 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3160 */
3161 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3162
3163 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3164
3165 /*************************************************************************//**
3166 * @name Output format and skin settings
3167 * @{
3168 */
3169
3170 /**
3171 * The default Content-Type header.
3172 */
3173 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3174
3175 /**
3176 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3177 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3178 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3179 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3180 * @deprecated since 1.22
3181 */
3182 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3183
3184 /**
3185 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3186 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3187 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3188 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3189 * @deprecated since 1.22
3190 */
3191 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3192
3193 /**
3194 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3195 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3196 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3197 * to true by Setup.php.
3198 * @deprecated since 1.22
3199 */
3200 $wgHtml5 = true;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3204 *
3205 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3206 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3207 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3208 * @since 1.16
3209 */
3210 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3211
3212 /**
3213 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3214 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3215 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3216 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3217 * @since 1.24
3218 */
3219 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3223 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3224 * stable and change has been communicated.
3225 * @since 1.24
3226 */
3227 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3231 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3232 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3233 *
3234 * @since 1.28
3235 */
3236 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3240 *
3241 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3242 *
3243 * @par Example:
3244 * @code
3245 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3246 * @endcode
3247 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3248 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3249 *
3250 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3251 */
3252 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3256 *
3257 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3258 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3259 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3260 */
3261 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3262
3263 /**
3264 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3265 */
3266 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3270 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3271 */
3272 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3276 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3277 */
3278 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3282 *
3283 * @since 1.24
3284 */
3285 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3289 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3290 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3291 */
3292 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3293
3294 /**
3295 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3296 */
3297 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Allow user Javascript page?
3301 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3302 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3303 */
3304 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3309 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3310 */
3311 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3315 *
3316 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3317 * are availabe to users.
3318 */
3319 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3320
3321 /**
3322 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3323 */
3324 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3325
3326 /**
3327 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3328 */
3329 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3330
3331 /**
3332 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3333 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3334 */
3335 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3336
3337 /**
3338 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3339 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3340 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3341 *
3342 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3343 *
3344 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3345 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3346 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3347 *
3348 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3349 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3350 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3351 * recommended.
3352 *
3353 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3354 * not just edit pages.
3355 */
3356 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3357
3358 /**
3359 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3360 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3361 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3362 * Options are:
3363 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3364 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3365 * - false: Allow all framing.
3366 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3367 */
3368 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3369
3370 /**
3371 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3372 */
3373 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3374
3375 /**
3376 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3377 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3378 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3379 *
3380 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3381 */
3382 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3383
3384 /**
3385 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3386 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3387 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3388 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3389 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3390 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3391 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3392 *
3393 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3394 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3395 * a page.
3396 *
3397 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3398 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3399 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3400 * would still work.
3401 *
3402 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3403 *
3404 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3405 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3406 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3407 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3408 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3409 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3410 * fragment mode is used.
3411 *
3412 * @since 1.30
3413 */
3414 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3415
3416 /**
3417 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3418 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3419 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3420 * to 'html5'.
3421 *
3422 * @since 1.30
3423 */
3424 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3425
3426 /**
3427 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3428 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3429 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3430 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3431 *
3432 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3433 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3434 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3435 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3436 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3437 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3438 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3439 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3440 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3441 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3442 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3443 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3444 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3445 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3446 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3447 * not be outputted
3448 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3449 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3450 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3451 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3452 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3453 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3454 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3455 */
3456 $wgFooterIcons = [
3457 "copyright" => [
3458 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3459 ],
3460 "poweredby" => [
3461 "mediawiki" => [
3462 // Defaults to point at
3463 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3464 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3465 "src" => null,
3466 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3467 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3468 ]
3469 ],
3470 ];
3471
3472 /**
3473 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3474 * to create an account.
3475 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3476 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3477 */
3478 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3479
3480 /**
3481 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3482 */
3483 $wgEdititis = false;
3484
3485 /**
3486 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3487 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3488 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3489 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3490 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3491 *
3492 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3493 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3494 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3495 */
3496 $wgSend404Code = true;
3497
3498 /**
3499 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3500 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3501 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3502 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3503 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3504 *
3505 * @since 1.20
3506 */
3507 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3508
3509 /**
3510 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3511 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3512 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3513 * unconditionally.
3514 */
3515 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3516
3517 /**
3518 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3519 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3520 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3521 * the domain root.
3522 *
3523 * @since 1.25
3524 */
3525 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3526
3527 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3528
3529 /*************************************************************************//**
3530 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3531 * @{
3532 */
3533
3534 /**
3535 * Client-side resource modules.
3536 *
3537 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3538 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3539 *
3540 * @par Example:
3541 * @code
3542 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3543 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3544 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3545 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3546 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3547 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3548 * ];
3549 * @endcode
3550 */
3551 $wgResourceModules = [];
3552
3553 /**
3554 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3555 *
3556 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3557 * not be modified or disabled.
3558 *
3559 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3560 *
3561 * @par Example:
3562 * @code
3563 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3564 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3565 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3566 * ];
3567 *
3568 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3569 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3570 * ];
3571 * @endcode
3572 *
3573 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3574 *
3575 * @par Equivalent:
3576 * @code
3577 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3578 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3579 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3580 * 'skinStyles' => [
3581 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3582 * ],
3583 * ];
3584 * @endcode
3585 *
3586 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3587 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3588 *
3589 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3590 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3591 *
3592 * @par Example:
3593 * @code
3594 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3595 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3596 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3597 * 'skinStyles' => [
3598 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3599 * ],
3600 * ];
3601 * // Note the '+' character:
3602 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3603 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3604 * ];
3605 * @endcode
3606 *
3607 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3608 *
3609 * @par Equivalent:
3610 * @code
3611 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3612 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3613 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3614 * 'skinStyles' => [
3615 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3616 * 'foo' => [
3617 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3618 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3619 * ],
3620 * ],
3621 * ];
3622 * @endcode
3623 *
3624 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3625 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3626 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3627 *
3628 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3629 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3630 *
3631 * @par Example:
3632 * @code
3633 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3634 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3635 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3636 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3637 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3638 * ];
3639 * @endcode
3640 */
3641 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3642
3643 /**
3644 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3645 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3646 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3647 *
3648 * @par Example:
3649 * @code
3650 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3651 * @endcode
3652 */
3653 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3654
3655 /**
3656 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3657 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3658 */
3659 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3660
3661 /**
3662 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3663 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3664 *
3665 * Following options to distinguish:
3666 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3667 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3668 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3669 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3670 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3671 *
3672 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3673 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3674 * client and MediaWiki.
3675 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3676 */
3677 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3678 'versioned' => [
3679 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3680 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3681 ],
3682 'unversioned' => [
3683 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3684 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3685 ],
3686 ];
3687
3688 /**
3689 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3690 *
3691 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3692 */
3693 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3694
3695 /**
3696 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3697 *
3698 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3699 */
3700 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3701
3702 /**
3703 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3704 *
3705 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3706 * work.
3707 *
3708 * @par Example of legacy code:
3709 * @code{,js}
3710 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3711 * @endcode
3712 * or:
3713 * @code{,js}
3714 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3715 * @endcode
3716 *
3717 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3718 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3719 * @code{,js}
3720 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3721 * @endcode
3722 * or:
3723 * @code{,js}
3724 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3725 * @endcode
3726 */
3727 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3728
3729 /**
3730 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3731 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3732 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3733 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3734 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3735 * that you can't increase.
3736 *
3737 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3738 * string length limit.
3739 *
3740 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3741 */
3742 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3746 * prior to minification to validate it.
3747 *
3748 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3749 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3750 */
3751 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3752
3753 /**
3754 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3755 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3756 *
3757 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3758 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3759 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3760 */
3761 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3762
3763 /**
3764 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3765 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3766 *
3767 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3768 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3769 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3770 *
3771 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3772 *
3773 * @par Example:
3774 * @code
3775 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3776 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3777 * 'exampleBlue' => '#36c',
3778 * ];
3779 * @endcode
3780 * @since 1.22
3781 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3782 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3783 */
3784 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3785 /**
3786 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet
3787 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3788 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3789 * @since 1.27
3790 * @deprecated 1.31 Use mediawiki.ui/variables instead
3791 */
3792 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3793 ];
3794
3795 /**
3796 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3797 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3798 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3799 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3800 *
3801 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3802 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3803 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3804 * files from its own tree.
3805 *
3806 * @since 1.22
3807 */
3808 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3809 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3810 ];
3811
3812 /**
3813 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3814 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3815 */
3816 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3817
3818 /**
3819 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3820 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3821 *
3822 * @since 1.23
3823 */
3824 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3825
3826 /**
3827 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3828 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3829 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3830 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3831 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3832 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3833 * from the rest of the site.
3834 *
3835 * @since 1.25
3836 */
3837 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3838
3839 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3840
3841 /*************************************************************************//**
3842 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3843 * @{
3844 */
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3848 * used instead.
3849 */
3850 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3851
3852 /**
3853 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3854 *
3855 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3856 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3857 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3858 */
3859 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3863 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3864 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3865 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3866 * hook or extension.json.
3867 *
3868 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3869 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3870 * the new namespace name.
3871 *
3872 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3873 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3874 *
3875 * @par Example:
3876 * @code
3877 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3878 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3879 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3880 * 102 => "Aide",
3881 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3882 * ];
3883 * @endcode
3884 *
3885 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3886 */
3887 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3888
3889 /**
3890 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3891 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3892 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3893 * @since 1.18
3894 */
3895 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3896
3897 /**
3898 * Namespace aliases.
3899 *
3900 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3901 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3902 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3903 * name.
3904 *
3905 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3906 *
3907 * @par Example:
3908 * @code
3909 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3910 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3911 * 'Help' => 100,
3912 * ];
3913 * @endcode
3914 */
3915 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3916
3917 /**
3918 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3919 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3920 *
3921 * Problematic punctuation:
3922 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3923 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3924 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3925 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3926 * corrupted by apache
3927 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3928 *
3929 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3930 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3931 *
3932 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3933 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3934 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3935 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3936 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3937 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3938 *
3939 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3940 */
3941 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3942
3943 /**
3944 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3945 *
3946 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3947 */
3948 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3949
3950 /**
3951 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3952 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3953 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3954 *
3955 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3956 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3957 */
3958 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3962 */
3963 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3964
3965 /**
3966 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3967 * @{
3968 */
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3972 * database (.cdb) file.
3973 *
3974 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3975 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3976 * formats such as the following:
3977 *
3978 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3979 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3980 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3981 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3982 *
3983 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3984 * data layout.
3985 *
3986 * @var bool|array|string
3987 */
3988 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3989
3990 /**
3991 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3992 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3993 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3994 * - 3: site levels
3995 */
3996 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4000 */
4001 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4007 * @{
4008 */
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4012 */
4013 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4014
4015 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4016
4017 /**
4018 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4019 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4020 * as 'redirected from' links.
4021 *
4022 * @par Example:
4023 * It might look something like this:
4024 * @code
4025 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4026 * @endcode
4027 *
4028 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4029 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4030 * the URL.
4031 */
4032 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4033
4034 /**
4035 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4036 *
4037 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4038 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4039 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4040 */
4041 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4042
4043 /**
4044 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4045 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4046 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4047 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4048 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4049 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4050 * NS_FILE.
4051 *
4052 * @par Example:
4053 * @code
4054 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4055 * @endcode
4056 */
4057 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4058
4059 /**
4060 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4061 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4062 */
4063 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4064 NS_TALK => true,
4065 NS_USER => true,
4066 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4067 NS_PROJECT => true,
4068 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4069 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4070 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4071 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4072 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4073 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4074 NS_HELP => true,
4075 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4076 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4077 ];
4078
4079 /**
4080 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4081 *
4082 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4083 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4084 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4085 *
4086 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4087 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4088 *
4089 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4090 * the new extension registration system.
4091 *
4092 * @since 1.23
4093 */
4094 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4095
4096 /**
4097 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4098 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4099 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4100 * number of articles in the wiki.
4101 */
4102 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4103
4104 /**
4105 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4106 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4107 * be shown on that page.
4108 * @since 1.30
4109 */
4110 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4111
4112 /**
4113 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4114 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4115 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4116 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4117 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4118 */
4119 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4120
4121 /**
4122 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4123 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4124 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4125 */
4126 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4127
4128 /**
4129 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4130 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4131 * will make the redirect fail.
4132 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4133 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4134 *
4135 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4136 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4137 */
4138 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4139
4140 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4141
4142 /************************************************************************//**
4143 * @name Parser settings
4144 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4145 * @{
4146 */
4147
4148 /**
4149 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4150 *
4151 * class The class name
4152 *
4153 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4154 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4155 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4156 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4157 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4158 *
4159 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4160 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4161 *
4162 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4163 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4164 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4165 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4166 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4167 * an extension setup function.
4168 */
4169 $wgParserConf = [
4170 'class' => Parser::class,
4171 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4172 ];
4173
4174 /**
4175 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4176 */
4177 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4178
4179 /**
4180 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4181 * by PPFrame::expand()
4182 */
4183 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4184
4185 /**
4186 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4187 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4188 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4189 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4190 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4191 *
4192 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4193 */
4194 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4198 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4199 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4200 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4201 */
4202 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4203
4204 /**
4205 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4206 */
4207 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4208
4209 /**
4210 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4211 *
4212 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4213 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4214 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4215 * more information.
4216 *
4217 * @see wfParseUrl
4218 */
4219 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4220 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4221 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4222 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4223 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4224 ];
4225
4226 /**
4227 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4228 */
4229 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4230
4231 /**
4232 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4233 */
4234 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4238 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4239 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4240 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4241 *
4242 * @par Examples:
4243 * @code
4244 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4245 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4246 * @endcode
4247 */
4248 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4249
4250 /**
4251 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4252 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4253 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4254 * The image will be displayed.
4255 *
4256 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4257 * Or false to disable it
4258 */
4259 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4260
4261 /**
4262 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4263 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4264 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4265 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4266 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4267 * sites they control.
4268 */
4269 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4273 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4274 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4275 *
4276 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4277 * parameters will be used instead.
4278 *
4279 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4280 *
4281 * Keys are:
4282 * - driver: May be:
4283 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4284 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4285 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4286 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4287 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4288 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4289 *
4290 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4291 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4292 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4293 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4294 */
4295 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4296
4297 /**
4298 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4299 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4300 */
4301 $wgUseTidy = false;
4302
4303 /**
4304 * The path to the tidy binary.
4305 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4306 */
4307 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4308
4309 /**
4310 * The path to the tidy config file
4311 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4312 */
4313 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4314
4315 /**
4316 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4317 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4318 */
4319 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4320
4321 /**
4322 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4323 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4324 */
4325 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4326
4327 /**
4328 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4329 * Only works for internal tidy.
4330 */
4331 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4335 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4336 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4337 */
4338 $wgRawHtml = false;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4342 *
4343 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4344 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4345 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4346 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4347 * to some of your users.
4348 */
4349 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4350
4351 /**
4352 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4353 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4354 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4355 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4356 */
4357 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4358
4359 /**
4360 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4361 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4362 */
4363 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4364
4365 /**
4366 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4367 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4368 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4369 *
4370 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4371 *
4372 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4373 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4374 * etc.
4375 *
4376 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4377 */
4378 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4379
4380 /**
4381 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4382 */
4383 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4384
4385 /**
4386 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4387 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4388 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4389 */
4390 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4391
4392 /**
4393 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4394 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4395 */
4396 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4397
4398 /**
4399 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4400 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4401 */
4402 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4406 */
4407 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4408
4409 /**
4410 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4411 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4412 */
4413 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4414
4415 /**
4416 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4417 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4418 *
4419 * @since 1.28
4420 */
4421 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4422 'ISBN' => false,
4423 'PMID' => false,
4424 'RFC' => false
4425 ];
4426
4427 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4428
4429 /************************************************************************//**
4430 * @name Statistics
4431 * @{
4432 */
4433
4434 /**
4435 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4436 * as a valid article.
4437 *
4438 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4439 *
4440 * This variable can have the following values:
4441 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4442 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4443 *
4444 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4445 *
4446 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4447 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4448 * script.
4449 */
4450 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4451
4452 /**
4453 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4454 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4455 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4456 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4457 * numbers between different wikis.
4458 */
4459 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4460
4461 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4462
4463 /************************************************************************//**
4464 * @name User accounts, authentication
4465 * @{
4466 */
4467
4468 /**
4469 * Central ID lookup providers
4470 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4471 * @since 1.27
4472 */
4473 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4474 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4475 ];
4476
4477 /**
4478 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4479 * @var string
4480 */
4481 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4482
4483 /**
4484 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4485 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4486 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4487 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4488 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4489 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4490 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4491 * Statements:
4492 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4493 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4494 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4495 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4496 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4497 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4498 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4499 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4500 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4501 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4502 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4503 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4504 * @since 1.26
4505 */
4506 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4507 'policies' => [
4508 'bureaucrat' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4510 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4512 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4513 ],
4514 'sysop' => [
4515 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4516 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4517 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4518 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4519 ],
4520 'bot' => [
4521 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4522 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4523 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4524 ],
4525 'default' => [
4526 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4527 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4529 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4530 ],
4531 ],
4532 'checks' => [
4533 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4534 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4535 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4536 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4537 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4538 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4539 ],
4540 ];
4541
4542 /**
4543 * Configure AuthManager
4544 *
4545 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4546 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4547 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4548 * (default is 0).
4549 *
4550 * Elements are:
4551 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4552 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4553 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4554 *
4555 * @since 1.27
4556 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4557 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4558 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4559 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4560 */
4561 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4562
4563 /**
4564 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4565 * @since 1.27
4566 */
4567 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4568 'preauth' => [
4569 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 'sort' => 0,
4572 ],
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 ],
4578 'primaryauth' => [
4579 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4580 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4581 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4582 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4583 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4584 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4585 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'args' => [ [
4589 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4590 'authoritative' => false,
4591 ] ],
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'args' => [ [
4597 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4598 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4599 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4600 // password") if it too fails.
4601 'authoritative' => true,
4602 ] ],
4603 'sort' => 100,
4604 ],
4605 ],
4606 'secondaryauth' => [
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'sort' => 0,
4610 ],
4611 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4612 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4613 'sort' => 100,
4614 ],
4615 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4616 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4617 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4618 // 'sort' => 100,
4619 // ],
4620 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4621 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4622 'sort' => 200,
4623 ],
4624 ],
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4629 *
4630 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4631 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4632 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4633 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4634 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4635 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4636 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4637 * that needs to do this.
4638 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4639 * the last X seconds.
4640 * - Come up with a third option.
4641 *
4642 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4643 * "X seconds".
4644 *
4645 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4646 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4647 * - LinkAccounts
4648 * - UnlinkAccount
4649 * - ChangeCredentials
4650 * - RemoveCredentials
4651 * - ChangeEmail
4652 *
4653 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4654 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4655 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4656 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4657 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4658 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4659 *
4660 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4661 *
4662 * @since 1.27
4663 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4664 */
4665 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4666 'default' => 300,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4671 *
4672 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4673 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4674 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4675 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4676 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4677 *
4678 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4679 *
4680 * @since 1.27
4681 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4682 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4683 */
4684 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4685 'default' => true,
4686 ];
4687
4688 /**
4689 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4690 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4691 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4692 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4693 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4694 * @since 1.27
4695 * @var string[]
4696 */
4697 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4698 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4699 ];
4700
4701 /**
4702 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4703 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4704 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4705 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4706 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4707 * @since 1.27
4708 * @var string[]
4709 */
4710 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4711 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4712 ];
4713
4714 /**
4715 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4716 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4717 */
4718 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4719
4720 /**
4721 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4722 * words are allowed.
4723 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4724 */
4725 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4726
4727 /**
4728 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4729 *
4730 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4731 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4732 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4733 *
4734 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4735 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4736 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4737 */
4738 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4739
4740 /**
4741 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4742 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4743 * @since 1.23
4744 */
4745 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4746
4747 /**
4748 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4749 *
4750 * @since 1.24
4751 */
4752 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4753
4754 /**
4755 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4756 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4757 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4758 *
4759 * An advanced example:
4760 * @code
4761 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4762 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4763 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4764 * 'secrets' => [],
4765 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4766 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4767 * 'cost' => 5,
4768 * ];
4769 * @endcode
4770 *
4771 * @since 1.24
4772 */
4773 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4774 'A' => [
4775 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4776 ],
4777 'B' => [
4778 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4779 ],
4780 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4781 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4782 'types' => [
4783 'A',
4784 'pbkdf2',
4785 ],
4786 ],
4787 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4788 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4789 'types' => [
4790 'B',
4791 'pbkdf2',
4792 ],
4793 ],
4794 'bcrypt' => [
4795 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4796 'cost' => 9,
4797 ],
4798 'pbkdf2' => [
4799 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4800 'algo' => 'sha512',
4801 'cost' => '30000',
4802 'length' => '64',
4803 ],
4804 ];
4805
4806 /**
4807 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4808 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4809 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4810 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4811 */
4812 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4813 'username' => true,
4814 'email' => true,
4815 ];
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4819 */
4820 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4821
4822 /**
4823 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4824 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4825 */
4826 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4830 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4831 */
4832 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4833 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4834 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4835 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4836 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4837 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4838 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4839 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4840 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4841 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4842 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4843 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4844 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4845 ];
4846
4847 /**
4848 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4849 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4850 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4851 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4852 */
4853 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4854 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4855 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4856 'date' => 'default',
4857 'diffonly' => 0,
4858 'disablemail' => 0,
4859 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4860 'editondblclick' => 0,
4861 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4862 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4863 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4864 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4865 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4866 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4867 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4868 'fancysig' => 0,
4869 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4870 'gender' => 'unknown',
4871 'hideminor' => 0,
4872 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4873 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4874 'imagesize' => 2,
4875 'minordefault' => 0,
4876 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4877 'nickname' => '',
4878 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4879 'numberheadings' => 0,
4880 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4881 'previewontop' => 1,
4882 'rcdays' => 7,
4883 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4884 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4885 'rclimit' => 50,
4886 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4887 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4888 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4889 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4890 'skin' => false,
4891 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4892 'thumbsize' => 5,
4893 'underline' => 2,
4894 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4895 'usenewrc' => 1,
4896 'watchcreations' => 1,
4897 'watchdefault' => 1,
4898 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4899 'watchuploads' => 1,
4900 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4901 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4902 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4903 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4904 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4906 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4907 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4908 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4909 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4910 'watchmoves' => 0,
4911 'watchrollback' => 0,
4912 'wllimit' => 250,
4913 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4914 'prefershttps' => 1,
4915 ];
4916
4917 /**
4918 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4919 */
4920 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4921
4922 /**
4923 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4924 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4925 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4926 */
4927 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4931 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4932 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4933 *
4934 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4935 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4936 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4937 */
4938 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4939
4940 /**
4941 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4942 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4943 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4944 * @since 1.17
4945 */
4946 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4947
4948 /**
4949 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4950 *
4951 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4952 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4953 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4954 *
4955 * @since 1.27
4956 * @var string|null
4957 */
4958 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4959
4960 /**
4961 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4962 *
4963 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4964 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4965 *
4966 * @since 1.27
4967 */
4968 $wgSessionProviders = [
4969 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4970 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4971 'args' => [ [
4972 'priority' => 30,
4973 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4974 ] ],
4975 ],
4976 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4977 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4978 'args' => [ [
4979 'priority' => 75,
4980 ] ],
4981 ],
4982 ];
4983
4984 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4985
4986 /************************************************************************//**
4987 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4988 * @{
4989 */
4990
4991 /**
4992 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4993 */
4994 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4995
4996 /**
4997 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4998 */
4999 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5000
5001 /**
5002 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5003 */
5004 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5005
5006 /**
5007 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5008 *
5009 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5010 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5011 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5012 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5013 *
5014 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5015 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5016 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5017 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5018 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5019 */
5020 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5021 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5022 'IPv6' => 19,
5023 ];
5024
5025 /**
5026 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5027 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5028 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5029 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5030 * anonymous visitors.
5031 */
5032 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5033
5034 /**
5035 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5036 *
5037 * @par Example:
5038 * @code
5039 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5040 * @endcode
5041 *
5042 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5043 *
5044 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5045 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5046 *
5047 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5048 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5049 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5050 *
5051 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5052 * hook instead.
5053 */
5054 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5055
5056 /**
5057 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5058 *
5059 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5060 * is without underscore.
5061 *
5062 * @par Example:
5063 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5064 * @code
5065 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5066 * @endcode
5067 *
5068 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5069 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5070 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5071 *
5072 * @par Example:
5073 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5074 * @code
5075 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5076 * @endcode
5077 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5078 *
5079 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5080 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5081 */
5082 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5083
5084 /**
5085 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5086 * address before being allowed to edit?
5087 */
5088 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5089
5090 /**
5091 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5092 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5093 */
5094 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5095
5096 /**
5097 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5098 *
5099 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5100 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5101 *
5102 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5103 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5104 *
5105 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5106 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5107 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5108 * in in the user_groups table.
5109 *
5110 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5111 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5112 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5113 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5114 *
5115 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5116 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5117 *
5118 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5119 */
5120 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5121
5122 /** @cond file_level_code */
5123 // Implicit group for all visitors
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5135 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5136
5137 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5159
5160 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5163
5164 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5165 // from various log pages by default
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5174
5175 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5179 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5181 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5183 // can view deleted revision text
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5216 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5220
5221 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5224 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5225 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5226 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5227 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5228
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5230 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5231 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5232 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5233 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5234 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5235 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5236 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5237 // For private suppression log access
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5239
5240 /**
5241 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5242 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5243 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5244 * server.
5245 */
5246 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5247
5248 /** @endcond */
5249
5250 /**
5251 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5252 *
5253 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5254 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5255 *
5256 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5257 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5258 */
5259 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5263 */
5264 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5265
5266 /**
5267 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5268 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5269 *
5270 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5271 * group".
5272 *
5273 * @par Example:
5274 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5275 * @code
5276 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5277 * @endcode
5278 *
5279 * @par Example:
5280 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5281 * @code
5282 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5283 * @endcode
5284 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5285 * any group that they happen to be in.
5286 */
5287 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5288
5289 /**
5290 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5291 */
5292 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5293
5294 /**
5295 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5296 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5297 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5298 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5299 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5300 */
5301 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5302
5303 /**
5304 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5305 *
5306 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5307 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5308 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5309 *
5310 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5311 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5312 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5313 */
5314 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5315
5316 /**
5317 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5318 *
5319 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5320 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5321 *
5322 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5323 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5324 */
5325 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5326
5327 /**
5328 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5329 *
5330 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5331 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5332 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5333 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5334 * "semiprotected".
5335 *
5336 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5337 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5338 */
5339 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5340
5341 /**
5342 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5343 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5344 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5345 *
5346 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5347 */
5348 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5349
5350 /**
5351 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5352 *
5353 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5354 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5355 *
5356 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5357 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5358 */
5359 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5360
5361 /**
5362 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5363 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5364 * privileges of new accounts.
5365 *
5366 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5367 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5368 *
5369 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5370 *
5371 * @par Example:
5372 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5373 * @code
5374 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5375 * @endcode
5376 * Set age to one day:
5377 * @code
5378 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5379 * @endcode
5380 */
5381 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5382
5383 /**
5384 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5385 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5386 *
5387 * @par Example:
5388 * @code
5389 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5390 * @endcode
5391 */
5392 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5393
5394 /**
5395 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5396 *
5397 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5398 *
5399 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5400 * 'groupname' => cond,
5401 * 'group2' => cond2,
5402 * );
5403 *
5404 * A `cond` may be:
5405 * - a single condition without arguments:
5406 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5407 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5408 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5409 * - a single condition with arguments:
5410 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5411 * - a set of conditions:
5412 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5413 *
5414 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5415 * - `&` (**AND**):
5416 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5417 * - `|` (**OR**):
5418 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5419 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5420 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5421 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5422 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5423 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5424 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5425 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5426 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5427 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5428 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5429 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5430 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5431 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5432 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5433 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5434 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5435 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5436 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5437 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5438 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5439 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5440 * true if the user is blocked
5441 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5442 * true if the user is a bot
5443 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5444 *
5445 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5446 * linked by operands.
5447 *
5448 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5449 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5450 */
5451 $wgAutopromote = [
5452 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5453 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5454 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5455 ],
5456 ];
5457
5458 /**
5459 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5460 *
5461 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5462 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5463 *
5464 * The format is:
5465 * @code
5466 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5467 * @endcode
5468 * Where event is either:
5469 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5470 *
5471 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5472 *
5473 * @see $wgAutopromote
5474 * @since 1.18
5475 */
5476 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5477 'onEdit' => [],
5478 ];
5479
5480 /**
5481 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5482 * @since 1.18
5483 */
5484 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5485
5486 /**
5487 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5488 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5489 *
5490 * @par Example:
5491 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5492 * @code
5493 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5494 * @endcode
5495 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5496 * @code
5497 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5498 * @endcode
5499 * Sysops can make bots:
5500 * @code
5501 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5502 * @endcode
5503 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5504 * @code
5505 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5506 * @endcode
5507 */
5508 $wgAddGroups = [];
5509
5510 /**
5511 * @see $wgAddGroups
5512 */
5513 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5514
5515 /**
5516 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5517 * For extensions only.
5518 */
5519 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5520
5521 /**
5522 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5523 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5524 */
5525 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5526
5527 /**
5528 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5529 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5530 * This is limited for performance reason.
5531 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5532 * @since 1.23
5533 */
5534 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5535
5536 /**
5537 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5538 *
5539 * @par Example:
5540 * @code
5541 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5542 * // no more than 100 per month
5543 * [
5544 * 'count' => 100,
5545 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5546 * ],
5547 * // no more than 10 per day
5548 * [
5549 * 'count' => 10,
5550 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5551 * ],
5552 * ];
5553 * @endcode
5554 *
5555 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5556 */
5557 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5558 'count' => 0,
5559 'seconds' => 86400,
5560 ] ];
5561
5562 /**
5563 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5564 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5565 *
5566 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5567 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5568 *
5569 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5570 *
5571 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5572 */
5573 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5574
5575 /**
5576 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5577 */
5578 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5579
5580 /**
5581 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5582 * proxies
5583 * @since 1.16
5584 */
5585 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5586
5587 /**
5588 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5589 *
5590 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5591 * the blacklist require a key).
5592 *
5593 * @par Example:
5594 * @code
5595 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5596 * // String containing URL
5597 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5598 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5599 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5600 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5601 * // just use a string as shown above
5602 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5603 * ];
5604 * @endcode
5605 *
5606 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5607 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5608 * @since 1.16
5609 */
5610 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5611
5612 /**
5613 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5614 * what the other methods might say.
5615 */
5616 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5617
5618 /**
5619 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5620 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5621 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5622 * @since 1.29
5623 * @var string[]
5624 */
5625 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5626
5627 /**
5628 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5629 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5630 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5631 */
5632 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5633
5634 /**
5635 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5636 *
5637 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5638 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5639 * elapses.
5640 *
5641 * @par Example:
5642 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5643 * @code
5644 * $wgRateLimits = [
5645 * 'edit' => [
5646 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5647 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5648 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5649 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5650 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5651 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5652 * ]
5653 * ];
5654 * @endcode
5655 *
5656 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5657 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5658 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5659 * @code
5660 * $wgRateLimits = [
5661 * 'some-action' => [
5662 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5663 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5664 * ];
5665 * @endcode
5666 *
5667 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5668 */
5669 $wgRateLimits = [
5670 // Page edits
5671 'edit' => [
5672 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5673 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5674 ],
5675 // Page moves
5676 'move' => [
5677 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5678 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5679 ],
5680 // File uploads
5681 'upload' => [
5682 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5683 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Page rollbacks
5686 'rollback' => [
5687 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5688 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5689 ],
5690 // Triggering password resets emails
5691 'mailpassword' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5693 ],
5694 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5695 'emailuser' => [
5696 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5697 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5698 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5699 ],
5700 // Purging pages
5701 'purge' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5703 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Purges of link tables
5706 'linkpurge' => [
5707 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5708 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5709 ],
5710 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5711 'renderfile' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5713 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5714 ],
5715 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5716 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5717 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5718 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5719 ],
5720 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5721 'stashedit' => [
5722 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5723 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5724 ],
5725 // Adding or removing change tags
5726 'changetag' => [
5727 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5728 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5729 ],
5730 // Changing the content model of a page
5731 'editcontentmodel' => [
5732 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5733 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5734 ],
5735 ];
5736
5737 /**
5738 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5739 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5740 */
5741 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5742
5743 /**
5744 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5745 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5746 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5747 */
5748 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5749
5750 /**
5751 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5752 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5753 */
5754 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5755
5756 /**
5757 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5758 *
5759 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5760 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5761 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5762 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5763 *
5764 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5765 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5766 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5767 */
5768 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5769 // Short term limit
5770 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5771 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5772 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5773 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5774 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5775 ];
5776
5777 /**
5778 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5779 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5780 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5781 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5782 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5783 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5784 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5785 * @since 1.27
5786 */
5787 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5788
5789 // @TODO: clean up grants
5790 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5791
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5802
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5807
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5812
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5815
5816 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5820
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5838
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5866
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5869
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5873
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5877
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5879
5880 /**
5881 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5882 * @since 1.27
5883 */
5884 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5885 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5886 'basic' => 'hidden',
5887
5888 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5889 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5890 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5891 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5892
5893 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5894 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5895
5896 'sendemail' => 'email',
5897
5898 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5899 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5900
5901 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5902 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5903
5904 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5905 'rollback' => 'administration',
5906 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5907 'delete' => 'administration',
5908 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5909 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5910 'protect' => 'administration',
5911 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5912
5913 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5914
5915 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5916 ];
5917
5918 /**
5919 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5920 * @since 1.27
5921 */
5922 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5923
5924 /**
5925 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5926 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5927 * @since 1.27
5928 */
5929 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5930
5931 /**
5932 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5933 *
5934 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5935 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5936 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5937 * @since 1.27
5938 */
5939 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5940
5941 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5942
5943 /************************************************************************//**
5944 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5945 * @{
5946 */
5947
5948 /**
5949 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5950 */
5951 $wgSecretKey = false;
5952
5953 /**
5954 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5955 *
5956 * This can have the following formats:
5957 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5958 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5959 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5960 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5961 */
5962 $wgProxyList = [];
5963
5964 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5965
5966 /************************************************************************//**
5967 * @name Cookie settings
5968 * @{
5969 */
5970
5971 /**
5972 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5973 */
5974 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5975
5976 /**
5977 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5978 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5979 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5980 * login cookies session-only.
5981 */
5982 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5983
5984 /**
5985 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5986 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5987 */
5988 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5989
5990 /**
5991 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5992 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5993 */
5994 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5998 * - true: Set secure flag
5999 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6000 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6001 */
6002 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6003
6004 /**
6005 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6006 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6007 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6008 * check.
6009 */
6010 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6011
6012 /**
6013 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6014 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6015 * name to be used as a prefix.
6016 */
6017 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6018
6019 /**
6020 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6021 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6022 * XSS attack.
6023 */
6024 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6025
6026 /**
6027 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6028 */
6029 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6030
6031 /**
6032 * Override to customise the session name
6033 */
6034 $wgSessionName = false;
6035
6036 /**
6037 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6038 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6039 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6040 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6041 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6042 */
6043 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6044
6045 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6046
6047 /************************************************************************//**
6048 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6049 * @{
6050 */
6051
6052 /**
6053 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6054 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6055 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6056 * Please see math/README for more information.
6057 */
6058 $wgUseTeX = false;
6059
6060 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6061
6062 /************************************************************************//**
6063 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6064 *
6065 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6066 *
6067 * @{
6068 */
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6072 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6073 * may contain private data.
6074 */
6075 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6076
6077 /**
6078 * Prefix for debug log lines
6079 */
6080 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6081
6082 /**
6083 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6084 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6085 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6086 */
6087 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6088
6089 /**
6090 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6091 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6092 * and gen=js requests.
6093 */
6094 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6095
6096 /**
6097 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6098 *
6099 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6100 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6101 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6102 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6103 */
6104 $wgDebugComments = false;
6105
6106 /**
6107 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6108 *
6109 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6110 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6111 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6112 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6113 */
6114 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6115
6116 /**
6117 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6118 *
6119 * @since 1.26
6120 */
6121 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6122 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6123 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6124 'GET' => [
6125 'masterConns' => 0,
6126 'writes' => 0,
6127 'readQueryTime' => 5
6128 ],
6129 // HTTP POST requests.
6130 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6131 'POST' => [
6132 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6133 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6134 'maxAffected' => 1000
6135 ],
6136 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6137 'masterConns' => 0,
6138 'writes' => 0,
6139 'readQueryTime' => 5
6140 ],
6141 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6142 'PostSend-GET' => [
6143 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6144 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6145 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6146 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6147 'masterConns' => 0,
6148 'writes' => 0,
6149 ],
6150 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6151 'PostSend-POST' => [
6152 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6153 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6154 'maxAffected' => 1000
6155 ],
6156 // Background job runner
6157 'JobRunner' => [
6158 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6159 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6160 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6161 ],
6162 // Command-line scripts
6163 'Maintenance' => [
6164 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6165 'maxAffected' => 1000
6166 ]
6167 ];
6168
6169 /**
6170 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6171 *
6172 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6173 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6174 * in production.
6175 *
6176 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6177 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6178 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6179 * - associative array with keys:
6180 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6181 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6182 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6183 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6184 *
6185 * @par Example:
6186 * @code
6187 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6188 * @endcode
6189 *
6190 * @par Advanced example:
6191 * @code
6192 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6193 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6194 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6195 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6196 * ];
6197 * @endcode
6198 */
6199 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6200
6201 /**
6202 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6203 *
6204 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6205 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6206 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6207 * details.
6208 *
6209 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6210 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6211 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6212 *
6213 * @par To completely disable logging:
6214 * @code
6215 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6216 * @endcode
6217 *
6218 * @since 1.25
6219 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6220 * @see MwLogger
6221 */
6222 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6223 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6224 ];
6225
6226 /**
6227 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6228 *
6229 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6230 */
6231 $wgShowDebug = false;
6232
6233 /**
6234 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6235 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6236 */
6237 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6241 */
6242 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6243
6244 /**
6245 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6246 */
6247 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6251 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6252 * to an attacker.
6253 */
6254 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6255
6256 /**
6257 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6258 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6259 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6260 * formatting.
6261 */
6262 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6263
6264 /**
6265 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6266 *
6267 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6268 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6269 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6270 * exception handler.
6271 */
6272 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6273
6274 /**
6275 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6276 */
6277 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6278
6279 /**
6280 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6281 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6282 */
6283 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6284
6285 /**
6286 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6287 */
6288 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6292 * Should be a string, default false.
6293 * @since 1.20
6294 */
6295 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6296
6297 /**
6298 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6299 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6300 */
6301 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6305 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6306 * after the limit.
6307 */
6308 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6312 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6313 */
6314 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6318 *
6319 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6320 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6321 */
6322 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6323
6324 /**
6325 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6326 *
6327 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6328 *
6329 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6330 *
6331 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6332 * @since 1.25
6333 */
6334 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6335
6336 /**
6337 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6338 *
6339 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6340 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6341 * @since 1.25
6342 */
6343 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6344
6345 /**
6346 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6347 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6348 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6349 * @since 1.28
6350 */
6351 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6352 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6353 ];
6354
6355 /**
6356 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6357 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6358 * templates.
6359 */
6360 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6364 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6365 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6366 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6367 */
6368 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6372 * filename is passed to it.
6373 *
6374 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6375 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6376 *
6377 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6378 *
6379 * Use full paths.
6380 *
6381 * @deprecated since 1.30
6382 */
6383 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6384
6385 /**
6386 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6387 */
6388 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6389
6390 /**
6391 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6392 * @since 1.19
6393 */
6394 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6395
6396 /**
6397 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6398 * queries and other useful output.
6399 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6400 *
6401 * @since 1.19
6402 */
6403 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6404
6405 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6406
6407 /************************************************************************//**
6408 * @name Search
6409 * @{
6410 */
6411
6412 /**
6413 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6414 */
6415 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6416
6417 /**
6418 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6419 * by default off due to execution overhead
6420 */
6421 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6422
6423 /**
6424 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6425 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6426 */
6427 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6428
6429 /**
6430 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6431 *
6432 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6433 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6434 *
6435 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6436 *
6437 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6438 */
6439 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6443 *
6444 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6445 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6446 *
6447 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6448 */
6449 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6450 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6451 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6452 ];
6453
6454 /**
6455 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6456 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6457 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6458 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6459 */
6460 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6464 * OpenSearch call.
6465 */
6466 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6470 */
6471 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6475 */
6476 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6477
6478 /**
6479 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6480 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6481 */
6482 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6486 *
6487 * @par Example:
6488 * @code
6489 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6490 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6491 * @endcode
6492 */
6493 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6494 NS_MAIN => true,
6495 ];
6496
6497 /**
6498 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6499 * implemented by an extension instead.
6500 */
6501 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6502
6503 /**
6504 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6505 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6506 * search term.
6507 *
6508 * @par Example:
6509 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6510 * @code
6511 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6512 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6513 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6514 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6515 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6516 * @endcode
6517 */
6518 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6519
6520 /**
6521 * Search form behavior.
6522 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6523 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6524 */
6525 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6526
6527 /**
6528 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6529 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6530 * generated for all namespaces.
6531 */
6532 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6533
6534 /**
6535 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6536 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6537 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6538 *
6539 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6540 * @par Example:
6541 * @code
6542 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6543 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6544 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6545 * ];
6546 * @endcode
6547 */
6548 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6549
6550 /**
6551 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6552 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6553 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6554 */
6555 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6556
6557 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6558
6559 /************************************************************************//**
6560 * @name Edit user interface
6561 * @{
6562 */
6563
6564 /**
6565 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6566 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6567 */
6568 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6572 */
6573 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6574
6575 /**
6576 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6577 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6578 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6579 */
6580 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6581 NS_CATEGORY => true
6582 ];
6583
6584 /**
6585 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6586 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6587 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6588 */
6589 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6590
6591 /**
6592 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6593 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6594 * ting this variable false.
6595 */
6596 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6597
6598 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6599
6600 /************************************************************************//**
6601 * @name Maintenance
6602 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6603 * @{
6604 */
6605
6606 /**
6607 * @cond file_level_code
6608 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6609 */
6610 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6611 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6612 }
6613 /** @endcond */
6614
6615 /**
6616 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6617 */
6618 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6619
6620 /**
6621 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6622 * used as an explanation to users.
6623 *
6624 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6625 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6626 * option in MySQL.
6627 */
6628 $wgReadOnly = null;
6629
6630 /**
6631 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6632 * @var bool
6633 * @since 1.31
6634 */
6635 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6636
6637 /**
6638 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6639 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6640 * message.
6641 *
6642 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6643 */
6644 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6645
6646 /**
6647 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6648 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6649 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6650 *
6651 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6652 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6653 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6654 */
6655 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6656
6657 /**
6658 * Fully specified path to git binary
6659 */
6660 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6661
6662 /**
6663 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6664 *
6665 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6666 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6667 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6668 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6669 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6670 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6671 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6672 *
6673 * @since 1.20
6674 */
6675 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6676 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6677 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6678 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6679 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6680 ];
6681
6682 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6683
6684 /************************************************************************//**
6685 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6686 * @{
6687 */
6688
6689 /**
6690 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6691 * seconds will go.
6692 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6693 */
6694 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6695
6696 /**
6697 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6698 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6699 * @since 1.26
6700 */
6701 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6705 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6706 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6707 * @since 1.26
6708 */
6709 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6710
6711 /**
6712 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6713 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6714 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6715 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6716 * is still there.
6717 */
6718 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6719
6720 /**
6721 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6722 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6723 */
6724 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6725
6726 /**
6727 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6728 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6729 */
6730 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6731
6732 /**
6733 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6734 *
6735 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6736 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6737 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6738 *
6739 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6740 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6741 * passed to the constructor.
6742 *
6743 * Common options:
6744 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6745 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6746 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6747 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6748 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6749 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6750 *
6751 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6752 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6753 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6754 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6755 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6756 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6757 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6758 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6759 *
6760 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6761 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6762 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6763 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6764 *
6765 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6766 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6767 *
6768 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6769 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6770 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6771 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6772 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6773 * ];
6774 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6775 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6776 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6777 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6778 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6779 * ];
6780 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6781 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6782 * ];
6783 * @since 1.22
6784 */
6785 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6786
6787 /**
6788 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6789 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6790 * @since 1.22
6791 */
6792 $wgRCEngines = [
6793 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6794 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6795 ];
6796
6797 /**
6798 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6799 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6800 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6801 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6802 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6803 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6804 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6805 *
6806 * @since 1.27
6807 */
6808 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6809
6810 /**
6811 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6812 * New pages and new files are included.
6813 *
6814 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6815 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6816 * Special:Log.
6817 */
6818 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6819
6820 /**
6821 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6822 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6823 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6824 * that lets users disable them.
6825 *
6826 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6827 *
6828 * @since 1.30
6829 */
6830 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6831
6832 /**
6833 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6834 *
6835 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6836 */
6837 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6838
6839 /**
6840 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6841 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6842 * 0 to disable completely.
6843 */
6844 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6845
6846 /**
6847 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6848 *
6849 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6850 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6851 * Special:Log.
6852 */
6853 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6854
6855 /**
6856 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6857 *
6858 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6859 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6860 * Special:Log.
6861 *
6862 * @since 1.27
6863 */
6864 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6865
6866 /**
6867 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6868 */
6869 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6870
6871 /**
6872 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6873 */
6874 $wgFeed = true;
6875
6876 /**
6877 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6878 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6879 */
6880 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6881
6882 /**
6883 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6884 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6885 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6886 *
6887 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6888 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6889 */
6890 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6891
6892 /**
6893 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6894 * pages larger than this size.
6895 */
6896 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6900 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6901 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6902 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6903 * as value.
6904 * @par Example:
6905 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6906 * @code
6907 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6908 * @endcode
6909 */
6910 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6911
6912 /**
6913 * Available feeds objects.
6914 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6915 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6916 */
6917 $wgFeedClasses = [
6918 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6919 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6920 ];
6921
6922 /**
6923 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6924 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6925 */
6926 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6930 */
6931 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6932
6933 /**
6934 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6935 */
6936 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6937
6938 /**
6939 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6940 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6941 * highlighted on the RC page.
6942 */
6943 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6944
6945 /**
6946 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6947 * view for watched pages with new changes
6948 */
6949 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6950
6951 /**
6952 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6953 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6954 */
6955 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6956
6957 /**
6958 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6959 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6960 */
6961 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6962
6963 /**
6964 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
6965 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
6966 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
6967 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
6968 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
6969 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
6970 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
6971 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
6972 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
6973 *
6974 * @var array
6975 * @since 1.31
6976 */
6977 $wgSoftwareTags = [
6978 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
6979 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
6980 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
6981 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
6982 'mw-blank' => true,
6983 'mw-replace' => true,
6984 'mw-rollback' => true,
6985 'mw-undo' => true,
6986 ];
6987
6988 /**
6989 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6990 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6991 * watchers.
6992 *
6993 * @since 1.21
6994 */
6995 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6996
6997 /**
6998 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6999 * certain types of edits.
7000 *
7001 * To register a new one:
7002 * @code
7003 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7004 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7005 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7006 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7007 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7008 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7009 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7010 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7011 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7012 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7013 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7014 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7015 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7016 * ];
7017 * @endcode
7018 *
7019 * @since 1.22
7020 */
7021 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7022 'newpage' => [
7023 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7024 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7025 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7026 'grouping' => 'any',
7027 ],
7028 'minor' => [
7029 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7030 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7031 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7032 'class' => 'minoredit',
7033 'grouping' => 'all',
7034 ],
7035 'bot' => [
7036 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7037 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7038 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7039 'class' => 'botedit',
7040 'grouping' => 'all',
7041 ],
7042 'unpatrolled' => [
7043 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7044 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7045 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7046 'grouping' => 'any',
7047 ],
7048 ];
7049
7050 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7051
7052 /************************************************************************//**
7053 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7054 * @{
7055 */
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Override for copyright metadata.
7059 *
7060 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7061 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7062 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7063 */
7064 $wgRightsPage = null;
7065
7066 /**
7067 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7068 * wiki.
7069 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7070 */
7071 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7072
7073 /**
7074 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7075 * link.
7076 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7077 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7078 */
7079 $wgRightsText = null;
7080
7081 /**
7082 * Override for copyright metadata.
7083 */
7084 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7085
7086 /**
7087 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7088 */
7089 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7090
7091 /**
7092 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7093 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7094 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7095 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7096 * large wikis.
7097 */
7098 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7099
7100 /**
7101 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7102 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7103 */
7104 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7105
7106 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7107
7108 /************************************************************************//**
7109 * @name Import / Export
7110 * @{
7111 */
7112
7113 /**
7114 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7115 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7116 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7117 *
7118 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7119 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7120 * e.g.
7121 * @code
7122 * $wgImportSources = [
7123 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7124 * 'wikispecies',
7125 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7126 * ];
7127 * @endcode
7128 *
7129 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7130 * the ImportSources hook.
7131 *
7132 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7133 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7134 */
7135 $wgImportSources = [];
7136
7137 /**
7138 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7139 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7140 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7141 *
7142 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7143 */
7144 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7145
7146 /**
7147 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7148 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7149 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7150 */
7151 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7152
7153 /**
7154 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7155 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7156 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7157 */
7158 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7159
7160 /**
7161 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7162 */
7163 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7164
7165 /**
7166 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7167 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7168 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7169 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7170 * it's disabled by default for now.
7171 *
7172 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7173 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7174 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7175 */
7176 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7177
7178 /**
7179 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7180 */
7181 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7182
7183 /**
7184 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7185 */
7186 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7187
7188 /**
7189 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7190 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7191 *
7192 * @since 1.27
7193 */
7194 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7195
7196 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7197
7198 /*************************************************************************//**
7199 * @name Extensions
7200 * @{
7201 */
7202
7203 /**
7204 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7205 * initialised
7206 */
7207 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7208
7209 /**
7210 * Extension messages files.
7211 *
7212 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7213 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7214 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7215 * is the most common.
7216 *
7217 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7218 * in the core.
7219 *
7220 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7221 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7222 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7223 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7224 *
7225 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7226 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7227 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7228 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7229 *
7230 * @par Example:
7231 * @code
7232 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7233 * @endcode
7234 */
7235 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7236
7237 /**
7238 * Extension messages directories.
7239 *
7240 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7241 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7242 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7243 * message directories.
7244 *
7245 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7246 *
7247 * @par Simple example:
7248 * @code
7249 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7250 * @endcode
7251 *
7252 * @par Complex example:
7253 * @code
7254 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7255 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7256 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7257 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7258 * ]
7259 * @endcode
7260 * @since 1.23
7261 */
7262 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7263
7264 /**
7265 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7266 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7267 * @since 1.22
7268 */
7269 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7270
7271 /**
7272 * Parser output hooks.
7273 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7274 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7275 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7276 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7277 *
7278 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7279 *
7280 * The callback has the form:
7281 * @code
7282 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7283 * @endcode
7284 */
7285 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7286
7287 /**
7288 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7289 */
7290 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7291
7292 /**
7293 * List of valid skin names
7294 *
7295 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7296 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7297 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7298 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7299 */
7300 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7301
7302 /**
7303 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7304 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7305 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7306 * SpecialPage.
7307 */
7308 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7309
7310 /**
7311 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7312 */
7313 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7314
7315 /**
7316 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7317 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7318 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7319 */
7320 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7321
7322 /**
7323 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7324 *
7325 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7326 *
7327 * @code
7328 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7329 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7330 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7331 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7332 * 'author' => [
7333 * 'Foo Barstein',
7334 * ],
7335 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7336 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7337 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7338 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7339 * ];
7340 * @endcode
7341 *
7342 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7343 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7344 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7345 * interpreted as wikitext.
7346 *
7347 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7348 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7349 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7350 *
7351 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7352 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7353 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7354 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7355 *
7356 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7357 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7358 * usually are.)
7359 *
7360 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7361 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7362 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7363 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7364 *
7365 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7366 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7367 *
7368 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7369 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7370 *
7371 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7372 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7373 */
7374 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Authentication plugin.
7378 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7379 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7380 */
7381 $wgAuth = null;
7382
7383 /**
7384 * Global list of hooks.
7385 *
7386 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7387 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7388 * internally by Hook:run().
7389 *
7390 * The value can be one of:
7391 *
7392 * - A function name:
7393 * @code
7394 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7395 * @endcode
7396 * - A function with some data:
7397 * @code
7398 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7399 * @endcode
7400 * - A an object method:
7401 * @code
7402 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7403 * @endcode
7404 * - A closure:
7405 * @code
7406 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7407 * // Handler code goes here.
7408 * };
7409 * @endcode
7410 *
7411 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7412 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7413 *
7414 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7415 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7416 */
7417 $wgHooks = [];
7418
7419 /**
7420 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7421 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7422 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7423 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7424 * hook for that.
7425 *
7426 * @see MediaWikiServices
7427 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7428 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7429 */
7430 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7431 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7432 ];
7433
7434 /**
7435 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7436 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7437 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7438 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7439 */
7440 $wgJobClasses = [
7441 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7442 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7443 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7444 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7445 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7446 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7447 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7448 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7449 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7450 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7451 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7452 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7453 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7454 'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
7455 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7456 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7457 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7458 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7459 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7460 'null' => NullJob::class,
7461 ];
7462
7463 /**
7464 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7465 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7466 *
7467 * These can be:
7468 * - Very long-running jobs.
7469 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7470 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7471 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7472 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7473 */
7474 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7475
7476 /**
7477 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7478 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7479 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7480 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7481 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7482 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7483 * @var float[]
7484 */
7485 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7486
7487 /**
7488 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7489 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7490 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7491 *
7492 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7493 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7494 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7495 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7496 *
7497 * @var float|bool
7498 * @since 1.26
7499 */
7500 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7501
7502 /**
7503 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7504 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7505 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7506 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7507 */
7508 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7509 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7510 ];
7511
7512 /**
7513 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7514 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7515 */
7516 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7517 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7518 ];
7519
7520 /**
7521 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7522 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7523 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7524 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7525 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7526 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7527 * that limit is hit.
7528 *
7529 * @since 1.29
7530 */
7531 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7532
7533 /**
7534 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7535 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7536 */
7537 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7538 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7539 ];
7540
7541 /**
7542 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7543 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7544 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7545 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7546 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7547 */
7548 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7549 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7550 ];
7551
7552 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7553
7554 /*************************************************************************//**
7555 * @name Categories
7556 * @{
7557 */
7558
7559 /**
7560 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7561 */
7562 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7563
7564 /**
7565 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7566 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7567 */
7568 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7569
7570 /**
7571 * Paging limit for categories
7572 */
7573 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7574
7575 /**
7576 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7577 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7578 *
7579 * Available values are:
7580 *
7581 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7582 *
7583 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7584 *
7585 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7586 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7587 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7588 *
7589 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7590 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7591 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7592 * server.
7593 *
7594 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7595 * the sort keys in the database.
7596 *
7597 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7598 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7599 */
7600 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7601
7602 /** @} */ # End categories }
7603
7604 /*************************************************************************//**
7605 * @name Logging
7606 * @{
7607 */
7608
7609 /**
7610 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7611 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7612 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7613 * log type.
7614 */
7615 $wgLogTypes = [
7616 '',
7617 'block',
7618 'protect',
7619 'rights',
7620 'delete',
7621 'upload',
7622 'move',
7623 'import',
7624 'patrol',
7625 'merge',
7626 'suppress',
7627 'tag',
7628 'managetags',
7629 'contentmodel',
7630 ];
7631
7632 /**
7633 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7634 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7635 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7636 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7637 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7638 */
7639 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7640 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7641 ];
7642
7643 /**
7644 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7645 *
7646 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7647 *
7648 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7649 *
7650 * @par Example:
7651 * @code
7652 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7653 * @endcode
7654 *
7655 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7656 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7657 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7658 *
7659 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7660 * for the link text.
7661 */
7662 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7663 'patrol' => true,
7664 'tag' => true,
7665 ];
7666
7667 /**
7668 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7669 * will be listed in the user interface.
7670 *
7671 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7672 *
7673 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7674 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7675 */
7676 $wgLogNames = [
7677 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7678 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7679 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7680 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7681 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7682 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7683 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7684 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7685 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7686 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7687 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7688 ];
7689
7690 /**
7691 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7692 * top of each log type.
7693 *
7694 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7695 *
7696 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7697 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7698 */
7699 $wgLogHeaders = [
7700 '' => 'alllogstext',
7701 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7702 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7703 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7704 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7705 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7706 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7707 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7708 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7709 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7710 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7711 ];
7712
7713 /**
7714 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7715 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7716 *
7717 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7718 */
7719 $wgLogActions = [];
7720
7721 /**
7722 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7723 * not messages.
7724 * @see LogPage::actionText
7725 * @see LogFormatter
7726 */
7727 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7728 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7729 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7730 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7731 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7732 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7733 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7734 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7735 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7736 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7737 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7738 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7739 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7740 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7741 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7742 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7743 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7744 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7745 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7746 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7747 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7748 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7749 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7750 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7751 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7752 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7753 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7754 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7755 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7756 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7757 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7758 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7759 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7760 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7761 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7762 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7763 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7764 ];
7765
7766 /**
7767 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7768 *
7769 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7770 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7771 * Extensions may append to this array
7772 * @since 1.27
7773 */
7774 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7775 'block' => [
7776 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7777 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7778 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7779 ],
7780 'contentmodel' => [
7781 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7782 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7783 ],
7784 'delete' => [
7785 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7786 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7787 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7788 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7789 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7790 ],
7791 'import' => [
7792 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7793 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7794 ],
7795 'managetags' => [
7796 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7797 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7798 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7799 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7800 ],
7801 'move' => [
7802 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7803 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7804 ],
7805 'newusers' => [
7806 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7807 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7808 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7809 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7810 ],
7811 'patrol' => [
7812 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7813 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7814 ],
7815 'protect' => [
7816 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7817 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7818 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7819 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7820 ],
7821 'rights' => [
7822 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7823 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7824 ],
7825 'suppress' => [
7826 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7827 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7828 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7829 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7830 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7831 ],
7832 'upload' => [
7833 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7834 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7835 ],
7836 ];
7837
7838 /**
7839 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7840 */
7841 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7842
7843 /** @} */ # end logging }
7844
7845 /*************************************************************************//**
7846 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7847 * @{
7848 */
7849
7850 /**
7851 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7852 */
7853 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7854
7855 /**
7856 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7857 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7858 */
7859 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7860
7861 /**
7862 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7863 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7864 */
7865 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7866
7867 /**
7868 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7869 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7870 */
7871 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7872
7873 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7874
7875 /*************************************************************************//**
7876 * @name Actions
7877 * @{
7878 */
7879
7880 /**
7881 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7882 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7883 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7884 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7885 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7886 * instead of the default class.
7887 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7888 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7889 */
7890 $wgActions = [
7891 'credits' => true,
7892 'delete' => true,
7893 'edit' => true,
7894 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7895 'history' => true,
7896 'info' => true,
7897 'markpatrolled' => true,
7898 'protect' => true,
7899 'purge' => true,
7900 'raw' => true,
7901 'render' => true,
7902 'revert' => true,
7903 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7904 'rollback' => true,
7905 'submit' => true,
7906 'unprotect' => true,
7907 'unwatch' => true,
7908 'view' => true,
7909 'watch' => true,
7910 ];
7911
7912 /** @} */ # end actions }
7913
7914 /*************************************************************************//**
7915 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7916 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7917 * @{
7918 */
7919
7920 /**
7921 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7922 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7923 * basis.
7924 */
7925 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7926
7927 /**
7928 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7929 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7930 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7931 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7932 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7933 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7934 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7935 *
7936 * @par Example:
7937 * @code
7938 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7939 * @endcode
7940 */
7941 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7945 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7946 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7947 *
7948 * @par Example:
7949 * @code
7950 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7951 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7952 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7953 * ];
7954 * @endcode
7955 *
7956 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7957 * forms:
7958 * @code
7959 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7960 * # Underscore, not space!
7961 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7962 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7963 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7964 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7965 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7966 * ];
7967 * @endcode
7968 */
7969 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7970
7971 /**
7972 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7973 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7974 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7975 *
7976 * @par Example:
7977 * @code
7978 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7979 * @endcode
7980 */
7981 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7982
7983 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7984
7985 /************************************************************************//**
7986 * @name AJAX and API
7987 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7988 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7989 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7990 * @{
7991 */
7992
7993 /**
7994 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7995 * machine-readable data via api.php
7996 *
7997 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7998 *
7999 * @deprecated since 1.31
8000 */
8001 $wgEnableAPI = true;
8002
8003 /**
8004 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
8005 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
8006 * accesses it
8007 *
8008 * @deprecated since 1.31
8009 */
8010 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
8011
8012 /**
8013 *
8014 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8015 *
8016 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8017 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8018 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8019 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8020 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8021 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8022 * requiring POST.
8023 *
8024 * @since 1.21
8025 */
8026 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8027
8028 /**
8029 * API module extensions.
8030 *
8031 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8032 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8033 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8034 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8035 *
8036 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8037 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8038 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8039 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8040 * field.
8041 *
8042 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8043 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8044 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8045 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8046 *
8047 * Examples for registering API modules:
8048 *
8049 * @code
8050 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8051 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8052 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8053 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8054 * ];
8055 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8056 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8057 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8058 * ];
8059 * @endcode
8060 *
8061 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8062 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8063 */
8064 $wgAPIModules = [];
8065
8066 /**
8067 * API format module extensions.
8068 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8069 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8070 *
8071 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8072 */
8073 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8074
8075 /**
8076 * API Query meta module extensions.
8077 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8078 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8079 *
8080 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8081 */
8082 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8083
8084 /**
8085 * API Query prop module extensions.
8086 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8087 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8088 *
8089 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8090 */
8091 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8092
8093 /**
8094 * API Query list module extensions.
8095 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8096 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8097 *
8098 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8099 */
8100 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8101
8102 /**
8103 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8104 * The default value is generally fine
8105 */
8106 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8107
8108 /**
8109 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8110 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8111 */
8112 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8113
8114 /**
8115 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8116 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8117 */
8118 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8119
8120 /**
8121 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8122 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8123 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8124 */
8125 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8126
8127 /**
8128 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8129 * API request logging
8130 */
8131 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8132
8133 /**
8134 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8135 */
8136 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8137
8138 /**
8139 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8140 * API queries.
8141 */
8142 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8143 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8144 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8145 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8146 ];
8147
8148 /**
8149 * Enable AJAX framework
8150 */
8151 $wgUseAjax = true;
8152
8153 /**
8154 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8155 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8156 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8157 */
8158 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8159
8160 /**
8161 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8162 */
8163 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8164
8165 /**
8166 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8167 */
8168 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8169
8170 /**
8171 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8172 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8173 */
8174 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8175
8176 /**
8177 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8178 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8179 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8180 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8181 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8182 *
8183 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8184 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8185 *
8186 * @par Example:
8187 * @code
8188 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8189 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8190 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8191 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8192 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8193 * ];
8194 * @endcode
8195 */
8196 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8197
8198 /**
8199 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8200 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8201 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8202 */
8203 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8204
8205 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8206
8207 /************************************************************************//**
8208 * @name Shell and process control
8209 * @{
8210 */
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8214 */
8215 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8216
8217 /**
8218 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8219 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8220 */
8221 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8222
8223 /**
8224 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8225 */
8226 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8227
8228 /**
8229 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8230 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8231 */
8232 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8233
8234 /**
8235 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8236 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8237 *
8238 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8239 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8240 * them segfault or deadlock.
8241 *
8242 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8243 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8244 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8245 *
8246 * @par Example:
8247 * @code
8248 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8249 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8250 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8251 * @endcode
8252 *
8253 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8254 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8255 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8256 */
8257 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8258
8259 /**
8260 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8261 */
8262 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8263
8264 /**
8265 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8266 *
8267 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8268 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8269 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8270 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8271 *
8272 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8273 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8274 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8275 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8276 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8277 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8278 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8279 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8280 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8281 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8282 * decimal separator)
8283 *
8284 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8285 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8286 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8287 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8288 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8289 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8290 * displayed to the user.
8291 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8292 * date/time values.
8293 *
8294 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8295 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8296 * wikis.
8297 */
8298 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8299
8300 /**
8301 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8302 *
8303 * Supported options:
8304 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8305 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8306 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8307 *
8308 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8309 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8310 *
8311 * @since 1.31
8312 * @var string|bool
8313 */
8314 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8315
8316 /** @} */ # End shell }
8317
8318 /************************************************************************//**
8319 * @name HTTP client
8320 * @{
8321 */
8322
8323 /**
8324 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8325 * @var int
8326 */
8327 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8328
8329 /**
8330 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8331 * @since 1.29
8332 */
8333 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8334
8335 /**
8336 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8337 */
8338 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8339
8340 /**
8341 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8342 */
8343 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8344
8345 /**
8346 * Local virtual hosts.
8347 *
8348 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8349 *
8350 * This affects the following:
8351 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8352 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8353 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8354 * the proxy if it is configured.
8355 *
8356 * @since 1.25
8357 */
8358 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8362 * Only works for curl
8363 */
8364 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8365
8366 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8367
8368 /************************************************************************//**
8369 * @name Job queue
8370 * @{
8371 */
8372
8373 /**
8374 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8375 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8376 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8377 * be run periodically.
8378 */
8379 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8380
8381 /**
8382 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8383 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8384 * execution finishes.
8385 *
8386 * @since 1.23
8387 */
8388 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8389
8390 /**
8391 * Number of rows to update per job
8392 */
8393 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8394
8395 /**
8396 * Number of rows to update per query
8397 */
8398 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8399
8400 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8401
8402 /************************************************************************//**
8403 * @name Miscellaneous
8404 * @{
8405 */
8406
8407 /**
8408 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8409 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8410 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8411 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8412 */
8413 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8417 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8418 * Supported values:
8419 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8420 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8421 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8422 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8423 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8424 *
8425 * @since 1.30
8426 */
8427 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8428
8429 /**
8430 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8431 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8432 *
8433 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8434 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8435 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8436 */
8437 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8438
8439 /**
8440 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8441 * For debugging
8442 */
8443 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8444
8445 /**
8446 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8447 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8448 */
8449 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8450
8451 /**
8452 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8453 */
8454 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8455
8456 /**
8457 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8458 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8459 */
8460 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8461
8462 /**
8463 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8464 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8465 */
8466 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8467
8468 /**
8469 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8470 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8471 *
8472 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8473 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8474 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8475 * parameters.
8476 *
8477 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8478 * @code
8479 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8480 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8481 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8482 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8483 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8484 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8485 * 'redisConfig' => []
8486 * ] ];
8487 * @endcode
8488 *
8489 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8490 * @code
8491 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8492 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8493 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8494 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8495 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8496 * ... any extension-specific options...
8497 * ] ];
8498 * @endcode
8499 */
8500 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8501
8502 /**
8503 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8504 */
8505 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8506
8507 /**
8508 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8509 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8510 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8511 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8512 *
8513 * @since 1.21
8514 */
8515 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8516
8517 /**
8518 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8519 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8520 *
8521 * * 'ignore': return null
8522 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8523 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8524 *
8525 * @since 1.21
8526 */
8527 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8528
8529 /**
8530 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8531 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8532 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8533 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8534 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8535 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8536 *
8537 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8538 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8539 *
8540 * @since 1.21
8541 */
8542 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8543
8544 /**
8545 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8546 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8547 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8548 *
8549 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8550 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8551 *
8552 * @since 1.21
8553 */
8554 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8555 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8556 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8557 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8558 ];
8559
8560 /**
8561 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8562 *
8563 * @since 1.20
8564 */
8565 $wgSiteTypes = [
8566 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8567 ];
8568
8569 /**
8570 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8571 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8572 * @since 1.23
8573 */
8574 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8575
8576 /**
8577 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8578 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8579 * @see T67184
8580 * @since 1.24
8581 */
8582 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8583
8584 /**
8585 * Secret for session storage.
8586 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8587 * be used.
8588 * @since 1.27
8589 */
8590 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8591
8592 /**
8593 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8594 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8595 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8596 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8597 * @since 1.27
8598 */
8599 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8600
8601 /**
8602 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8603 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8604 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8605 * be used.
8606 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8607 * @since 1.24
8608 */
8609 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8610
8611 /**
8612 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8613 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8614 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8615 * @since 1.24
8616 */
8617 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8618
8619 /**
8620 * Enable page language feature
8621 * Allows setting page language in database
8622 * @var bool
8623 * @since 1.24
8624 */
8625 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8626
8627 /**
8628 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8629 *
8630 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8631 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8632 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8633 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8634 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8635 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8636 *
8637 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8638 *
8639 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8640 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8641 * 'options' => [
8642 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8643 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8644 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8645 * ]
8646 * ];
8647 *
8648 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8649 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8650 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8651 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8652 *
8653 * Example config for Parsoid:
8654 *
8655 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8656 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8657 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8658 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8659 * ];
8660 *
8661 * @var array
8662 * @since 1.25
8663 */
8664 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8665 'paths' => [],
8666 'modules' => [],
8667 'global' => [
8668 # Timeout in seconds
8669 'timeout' => 360,
8670 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8671 'forwardCookies' => false,
8672 'HTTPProxy' => null
8673 ]
8674 ];
8675
8676 /**
8677 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8678 * these suggestions.
8679 *
8680 * @var bool
8681 * @since 1.26
8682 */
8683 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8684
8685 /**
8686 * Where popular password file is located.
8687 *
8688 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8689 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8690 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8691 *
8692 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8693 * @since 1.27
8694 * @var string path to file
8695 */
8696 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8697
8698 /*
8699 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8700 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8701 *
8702 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8703 * @since 1.27
8704 */
8705 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8706
8707 /*
8708 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8709 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8710 *
8711 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8712 * @since 1.30
8713 */
8714 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8715
8716 /**
8717 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8718 *
8719 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8720 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8721 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8722 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8723 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8724 *
8725 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8726 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8727 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8728 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8729 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8730 *
8731 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8732 *
8733 * @since 1.27
8734 */
8735 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8736 'default' => [
8737 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8738 ]
8739 ];
8740
8741 /**
8742 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8743 *
8744 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8745 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8746 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8747 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8748 *
8749 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8750 *
8751 * @var bool
8752 * @since 1.28
8753 */
8754 $wgPingback = false;
8755
8756 /**
8757 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8758 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8759 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8760 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8761 *
8762 * @since 1.28
8763 */
8764 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8765 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8766 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8767 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8768 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8769 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8770 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8771 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8772 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8773 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8774 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8775 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8776 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8777 ];
8778
8779 /**
8780 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8781 * at Special:Contributions.
8782 *
8783 * @var array
8784 * @since 1.30
8785 */
8786 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8787 'IPv4' => 16,
8788 'IPv6' => 32,
8789 ];
8790
8791 /**
8792 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8793 *
8794 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8795 *
8796 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8797 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8798 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8799 *
8800 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8801 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8802 */
8803 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8804 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8805 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8806 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8807
8808 /**
8809 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8810 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8811 *
8812 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8813 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8814 *
8815 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8816 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8817 *
8818 * @par Example:
8819 * @code
8820 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8821 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8822 *];
8823 * @endcode
8824 */
8825 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8826
8827 /**
8828 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8829 * @since 1.30
8830 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8831 */
8832 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8833
8834 /**
8835 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8836 * @since 1.31
8837 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8838 */
8839 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8840
8841 /**
8842 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8843 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8844 * @}
8845 */